Merge pull request #6054 from thinkyhead/rc_ubl_renewal
UBL for RCBugFix — cleanup, rebase, patchmaster
Scott Lahteine
8 years ago
committed by
GitHub
commit
2c630a1b5c
@ -0,0 +1,1001 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin Firmware -- G26 - Mesh Validation Tool
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define EXTRUSION_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // This is too much clutter for the main Configuration.h file But
|
||||
#define RETRACTION_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // some user have expressed an interest in being able to customize
|
||||
#define NOZZLE 0.3 // these numbers for thier printer so they don't need to type all
|
||||
#define FILAMENT 1.75 // the options every time they do a Mesh Validation Print.
|
||||
#define LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2
|
||||
#define PRIME_LENGTH 10.0 // So, we put these number in an easy to find and change place.
|
||||
#define BED_TEMP 60.0
|
||||
#define HOTEND_TEMP 205.0
|
||||
#define OOOOZE_AMOUNT 0.3
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Marlin.h"
|
||||
#include "Configuration.h"
|
||||
#include "planner.h"
|
||||
#include "stepper.h"
|
||||
#include "temperature.h"
|
||||
#include "UBL.h"
|
||||
#include "ultralcd.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SIZE_OF_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES 5
|
||||
#define SIZE_OF_CROSS_HAIRS 3 // cross hairs inside the circle. This number should be
|
||||
// less than SIZE_OR_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Roxy's G26 Mesh Validation Tool
|
||||
*
|
||||
* G26 Is a Mesh Validation Tool intended to provide support for the Marlin Unified Bed Leveling System.
|
||||
* In order to fully utilize and benefit from the Marlin Unified Bed Leveling System an accurate Mesh must
|
||||
* be defined. G29 is designed to allow the user to quickly validate the correctness of her Mesh. It will
|
||||
* first heat the bed and nozzle. It will then print lines and circles along the Mesh Cell boundaries and
|
||||
* the intersections of those lines (respectively).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This action allows the user to immediately see where the Mesh is properly defined and where it needs to
|
||||
* be edited. The command will generate the Mesh lines closest to the nozzle's starting position. Alternatively
|
||||
* the user can specify the X and Y position of interest with command parameters. This allows the user to
|
||||
* focus on a particular area of the Mesh where attention is needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* B # Bed Set the Bed Temperature. If not specified, a default of 60 C. will be assumed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* C Current When searching for Mesh Intersection points to draw, use the current nozzle location
|
||||
* as the base for any distance comparison.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* D Disable Disable the Unified Bed Leveling System. In the normal case the user is invoking this
|
||||
* command to see how well a Mesh as been adjusted to match a print surface. In order to do
|
||||
* this the Unified Bed Leveling System is turned on by the G26 command. The D parameter
|
||||
* alters the command's normal behaviour and disables the Unified Bed Leveling System even if
|
||||
* it is on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* H # Hotend Set the Nozzle Temperature. If not specified, a default of 205 C. will be assumed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* F # Filament Used to specify the diameter of the filament being used. If not specified
|
||||
* 1.75mm filament is assumed. If you are not getting acceptable results by using the
|
||||
* 'correct' numbers, you can scale this number up or down a little bit to change the amount
|
||||
* of filament that is being extruded during the printing of the various lines on the bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* K Keep-On Keep the heaters turned on at the end of the command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* L # Layer Layer height. (Height of nozzle above bed) If not specified .20mm will be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Q # Multiplier Retraction Multiplier. Normally not needed. Retraction defaults to 1.0mm and
|
||||
* un-retraction is at 1.2mm These numbers will be scaled by the specified amount
|
||||
*
|
||||
* N # Nozzle Used to control the size of nozzle diameter. If not specified, a .4mm nozzle is assumed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* O # Ooooze How much your nozzle will Ooooze filament while getting in position to print. This
|
||||
* is over kill, but using this parameter will let you get the very first 'cicle' perfect
|
||||
* so you have a trophy to peel off of the bed and hang up to show how perfectly you have your
|
||||
* Mesh calibrated. If not specified, a filament length of .3mm is assumed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P # Prime Prime the nozzle with specified length of filament. If this parameter is not
|
||||
* given, no prime action will take place. If the parameter specifies an amount, that much
|
||||
* will be purged before continuing. If no amount is specified the command will start
|
||||
* purging filament until the user provides an LCD Click and then it will continue with
|
||||
* printing the Mesh. You can carefully remove the spent filament with a needle nose
|
||||
* pliers while holding the LCD Click wheel in a depressed state.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* R # Random Randomize the order that the circles are drawn on the bed. The search for the closest
|
||||
* undrawn cicle is still done. But the distance to the location for each circle has a
|
||||
* random number of the size specified added to it. Specifying R50 will give an interesting
|
||||
* deviation from the normal behaviour on a 10 x 10 Mesh.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X # X coordinate Specify the starting location of the drawing activity.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Y # Y coordinate Specify the starting location of the drawing activity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern int UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel;
|
||||
extern float feedrate;
|
||||
//extern bool relative_mode;
|
||||
extern Planner planner;
|
||||
//#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
extern char lcd_status_message[];
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
extern float destination[];
|
||||
extern void set_destination_to_current();
|
||||
extern void set_current_to_destination();
|
||||
extern float code_value_float();
|
||||
extern bool code_value_bool();
|
||||
extern bool code_has_value();
|
||||
extern void lcd_init();
|
||||
#define PLANNER_XY_FEEDRATE() (min(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS])) //bob
|
||||
bool prepare_move_to_destination_cartesian();
|
||||
void line_to_destination();
|
||||
void line_to_destination(float );
|
||||
void gcode_G28();
|
||||
void sync_plan_position_e();
|
||||
void un_retract_filament();
|
||||
void retract_filament();
|
||||
void look_for_lines_to_connect();
|
||||
bool parse_G26_parameters();
|
||||
void move_to(const float&, const float&, const float&, const float&) ;
|
||||
void print_line_from_here_to_there(float sx, float sy, float sz, float ex, float ey, float ez);
|
||||
bool turn_on_heaters();
|
||||
bool prime_nozzle();
|
||||
void chirp_at_user();
|
||||
|
||||
static uint16_t circle_flags[16], horizontal_mesh_line_flags[16], vertical_mesh_line_flags[16], Continue_with_closest = 0;
|
||||
float G26_E_AXIS_feedrate = 0.020,
|
||||
Random_Deviation = 0.0,
|
||||
Layer_Height = LAYER_HEIGHT;
|
||||
|
||||
bool retracted = false; // We keep track of the state of the nozzle to know if it
|
||||
// is currently retracted or not. This allows us to be
|
||||
// less careful because mis-matched retractions and un-retractions
|
||||
// won't leave us in a bad state.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
void lcd_setstatus(const char* message, bool persist);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
float valid_trig_angle(float);
|
||||
mesh_index_pair find_closest_circle_to_print(float, float);
|
||||
void debug_current_and_destination(char *title);
|
||||
void UBL_line_to_destination(const float&, const float&, const float&, const float&, const float&, uint8_t);
|
||||
//uint16_t x_splits = 0xFFFF, uint16_t y_splits = 0xFFFF); /* needed for the old mesh_buffer_line() routine */
|
||||
|
||||
static float E_Pos_Delta,
|
||||
Extrusion_Multiplier = EXTRUSION_MULTIPLIER,
|
||||
Retraction_Multiplier = RETRACTION_MULTIPLIER,
|
||||
Nozzle = NOZZLE,
|
||||
Filament = FILAMENT,
|
||||
Prime_Length = PRIME_LENGTH,
|
||||
X_Pos, Y_Pos,
|
||||
bed_temp = BED_TEMP,
|
||||
hotend_temp = HOTEND_TEMP,
|
||||
Ooooze_Amount = OOOOZE_AMOUNT;
|
||||
|
||||
int8_t Prime_Flag = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
bool Keep_Heaters_On = false,
|
||||
G26_Debug_flag = false;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* These support functions allow the use of large bit arrays of flags that take very
|
||||
* little RAM. Currently they are limited to being 16x16 in size. Changing the declaration
|
||||
* to unsigned long will allow us to go to 32x32 if higher resolution Mesh's are needed
|
||||
* in the future.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void bit_clear(uint16_t bits[16], uint8_t x, uint8_t y) { CBI(bits[y], x); }
|
||||
void bit_set(uint16_t bits[16], uint8_t x, uint8_t y) { SBI(bits[y], x); }
|
||||
bool is_bit_set(uint16_t bits[16], uint8_t x, uint8_t y) { return TEST(bits[y], x); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G26: Mesh Validation Pattern generation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Used to interactively edit UBL's Mesh by placing the
|
||||
* nozzle in a problem area and doing a G29 P4 R command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void gcode_G26() {
|
||||
float circle_x, circle_y, x, y, xe, ye, tmp,
|
||||
start_angle, end_angle;
|
||||
int i, xi, yi, lcd_init_counter = 0;
|
||||
mesh_index_pair location;
|
||||
|
||||
if (axis_unhomed_error(true, true, true)) // Don't allow Mesh Validation without homing first
|
||||
gcode_G28();
|
||||
|
||||
if (parse_G26_parameters()) return; // If the paramter parsing did not go OK, we abort the command
|
||||
|
||||
if (current_position[Z_AXIS] < Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES) {
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES);
|
||||
stepper.synchronize();
|
||||
set_current_to_destination();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (turn_on_heaters()) // Turn on the heaters, leave the command if anything
|
||||
goto LEAVE; // has gone wrong.
|
||||
|
||||
axis_relative_modes[E_AXIS] = false; // Get things setup so we can take control of the
|
||||
//relative_mode = false; // planner and stepper motors!
|
||||
current_position[E_AXIS] = 0.0;
|
||||
sync_plan_position_e();
|
||||
|
||||
if (Prime_Flag && prime_nozzle()) // if prime_nozzle() returns an error, we just bail out.
|
||||
goto LEAVE;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bed is preheated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Nozzle is at temperature
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Filament is primed!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It's "Show Time" !!!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear all of the flags we need
|
||||
ZERO(circle_flags);
|
||||
ZERO(horizontal_mesh_line_flags);
|
||||
ZERO(vertical_mesh_line_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Move nozzle to the specified height for the first layer
|
||||
//
|
||||
set_destination_to_current();
|
||||
destination[Z_AXIS] = Layer_Height;
|
||||
move_to(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], 0.0);
|
||||
move_to(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], Ooooze_Amount);
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 1; // Take control of the LCD Panel!
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"Starting G26 Mesh Validation Pattern.");
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (G29_lcd_clicked()) { // Check if the user wants to stop the Mesh Validation
|
||||
strcpy(lcd_status_message, "Mesh Validation Stopped."); // We can't do lcd_setstatus() without having it continue;
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle(); // Debounce the switch click
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Mesh Validation Stopped.", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
goto LEAVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (Continue_with_closest)
|
||||
location = find_closest_circle_to_print(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS]);
|
||||
else
|
||||
location = find_closest_circle_to_print(X_Pos, Y_Pos); // Find the closest Mesh Intersection to where we are now.
|
||||
|
||||
if (location.x_index >= 0 && location.y_index >= 0) {
|
||||
circle_x = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(location.x_index);
|
||||
circle_y = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(location.y_index);
|
||||
|
||||
// Let's do a couple of quick sanity checks. We can pull this code out later if we never see it catch a problem
|
||||
#ifdef DELTA
|
||||
if (HYPOT2(circle_x, circle_y) > sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS)) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Error: Attempt to print outside of DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS.");
|
||||
goto LEAVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (circle_x < X_MIN_POS || circle_x > X_MAX_POS || circle_y < Y_MIN_POS || circle_y > Y_MAX_POS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Error: Attempt to print off the bed.");
|
||||
goto LEAVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
xi = location.x_index; // Just to shrink the next few lines and make them easier to understand
|
||||
yi = location.y_index;
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Doing circle at: (xi=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(xi);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", yi=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(yi);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
start_angle = 0.0; // assume it is going to be a full circle
|
||||
end_angle = 360.0;
|
||||
if (xi == 0) { // Check for bottom edge
|
||||
start_angle = -90.0;
|
||||
end_angle = 90.0;
|
||||
if (yi == 0) // it is an edge, check for the two left corners
|
||||
start_angle = 0.0;
|
||||
else if (yi == UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS - 1)
|
||||
end_angle = 0.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (xi == UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS - 1) { // Check for top edge
|
||||
start_angle = 90.0;
|
||||
end_angle = 270.0;
|
||||
if (yi == 0) // it is an edge, check for the two right corners
|
||||
end_angle = 180.0;
|
||||
else if (yi == UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS - 1)
|
||||
start_angle = 180.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (yi == 0) {
|
||||
start_angle = 0.0; // only do the top side of the cirlce
|
||||
end_angle = 180.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (yi == UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS - 1) {
|
||||
start_angle = 180.0; // only do the bottom side of the cirlce
|
||||
end_angle = 360.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Declare and generate a sin() & cos() table to be used during the circle drawing. This will lighten
|
||||
* the CPU load and make the arc drawing faster and more smooth
|
||||
*/
|
||||
float sin_table[360 / 30 + 1], cos_table[360 / 30 + 1];
|
||||
int tmp_div_30;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 360 / 30; i++) {
|
||||
cos_table[i] = SIZE_OF_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES * cos(RADIANS(valid_trig_angle(i * 30.0)));
|
||||
sin_table[i] = SIZE_OF_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES * sin(RADIANS(valid_trig_angle(i * 30.0)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (tmp = start_angle; tmp < end_angle - 0.1; tmp += 30.0) {
|
||||
tmp_div_30 = tmp / 30.0;
|
||||
if (tmp_div_30 < 0) tmp_div_30 += 360 / 30;
|
||||
|
||||
x = circle_x + cos_table[tmp_div_30]; // for speed, these are now a lookup table entry
|
||||
y = circle_y + sin_table[tmp_div_30];
|
||||
|
||||
if (tmp_div_30 > 11) tmp_div_30 -= 360 / 30;
|
||||
xe = circle_x + cos_table[tmp_div_30 + 1]; // for speed, these are now a lookup table entry
|
||||
ye = circle_y + sin_table[tmp_div_30 + 1];
|
||||
#ifdef DELTA
|
||||
if (HYPOT2(x, y) > sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS)) // Check to make sure this part of
|
||||
continue; // the 'circle' is on the bed. If
|
||||
#else // not, we need to skip
|
||||
x = constrain(x, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); // This keeps us from bumping the endstops
|
||||
y = constrain(y, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
xe = constrain(xe, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
ye = constrain(ye, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
char ccc, *cptr, seg_msg[50], seg_num[10];
|
||||
strcpy(seg_msg, " segment: ");
|
||||
strcpy(seg_num, " \n");
|
||||
cptr = (char *) "01234567890ABCDEF????????";
|
||||
ccc = cptr[tmp_div_30];
|
||||
seg_num[1] = ccc;
|
||||
strcat(seg_msg, seg_num);
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination(seg_msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_line_from_here_to_there(x, y, Layer_Height, xe, ye, Layer_Height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
lcd_init_counter++;
|
||||
if (lcd_init_counter > 10) {
|
||||
lcd_init_counter = 0;
|
||||
lcd_init(); // Some people's LCD Displays are locking up. This might help them
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"Looking for lines to connect.");
|
||||
look_for_lines_to_connect();
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"Done with line connect.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"Done with current circle.");
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (location.x_index >= 0 && location.y_index >= 0) ;
|
||||
|
||||
LEAVE:
|
||||
|
||||
retract_filament();
|
||||
destination[Z_AXIS] = Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES; // Raise the nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"ready to do Z-Raise.");
|
||||
move_to( destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], 0); // Raise the nozzle
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"done doing Z-Raise.");
|
||||
|
||||
destination[X_AXIS] = X_Pos; // Move back to the starting position
|
||||
destination[Y_AXIS] = Y_Pos;
|
||||
destination[Z_AXIS] = Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES; // Keep the nozzle where it is
|
||||
|
||||
move_to(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], 0); // Move back to the starting position
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"done doing X/Y move.");
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0; // Give back control of the LCD Panel!
|
||||
|
||||
if (!Keep_Heaters_On) {
|
||||
#if HAS_TEMP_BED
|
||||
thermalManager.setTargetBed(0.0);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
thermalManager.setTargetHotend(0.0, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
lcd_init(); // Some people's LCD Displays are locking up. This might help them
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
float valid_trig_angle(float d) {
|
||||
while (d > 360.0) d -= 360.0;
|
||||
while (d < 0.0) d += 360.0;
|
||||
return d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mesh_index_pair find_closest_circle_to_print( float X, float Y) {
|
||||
float f, mx, my, dx, dy, closest = 99999.99;
|
||||
mesh_index_pair return_val;
|
||||
|
||||
return_val.x_index = return_val.y_index = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
for (uint8_t j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++) {
|
||||
if (!is_bit_set(circle_flags, i, j)) {
|
||||
mx = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(i); // We found a circle that needs to be printed
|
||||
my = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(j);
|
||||
|
||||
dx = X - mx; // Get the distance to this intersection
|
||||
dy = Y - my;
|
||||
f = HYPOT(dx, dy);
|
||||
|
||||
dx = X_Pos - mx; // It is possible that we are being called with the values
|
||||
dy = Y_Pos - my; // to let us find the closest circle to the start position.
|
||||
f += HYPOT(dx, dy) / 15.0; // But if this is not the case,
|
||||
// we are going to add in a small
|
||||
// weighting to the distance calculation to help it choose
|
||||
// a better place to continue.
|
||||
|
||||
if (Random_Deviation > 1.0)
|
||||
f += random(0.0, Random_Deviation); // Add in the specified amount of Random Noise to our search
|
||||
|
||||
if (f < closest) {
|
||||
closest = f; // We found a closer location that is still
|
||||
return_val.x_index = i; // un-printed --- save the data for it
|
||||
return_val.y_index = j;
|
||||
return_val.distance= closest;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
bit_set(circle_flags, return_val.x_index, return_val.y_index); // Mark this location as done.
|
||||
return return_val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void look_for_lines_to_connect() {
|
||||
float sx, sy, ex, ey;
|
||||
|
||||
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
for (uint8_t j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS) { // We can't connect to anything to the right than UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS.
|
||||
// This is already a half circle because we are at the edge of the bed.
|
||||
|
||||
if (is_bit_set(circle_flags, i, j) && is_bit_set(circle_flags, i + 1, j)) { // check if we can do a line to the left
|
||||
if (!is_bit_set(horizontal_mesh_line_flags, i, j)) {
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We found two circles that need a horizontal line to connect them
|
||||
// Print it!
|
||||
//
|
||||
sx = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(i);
|
||||
sx = sx + SIZE_OF_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES - SIZE_OF_CROSS_HAIRS; // get the right edge of the circle
|
||||
sy = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(j);
|
||||
|
||||
ex = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(i + 1);
|
||||
ex = ex - SIZE_OF_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES + SIZE_OF_CROSS_HAIRS; // get the left edge of the circle
|
||||
ey = sy;
|
||||
|
||||
sx = constrain(sx, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); // This keeps us from bumping the endstops
|
||||
sy = constrain(sy, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
ex = constrain(ex, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
ey = constrain(ey, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Connecting with horizontal line (sx=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(sx);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", sy=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(sy);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(") -> (ex=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(ex);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ey=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(ey);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")");
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"Connecting horizontal line.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_line_from_here_to_there(sx, sy, Layer_Height, ex, ey, Layer_Height);
|
||||
bit_set(horizontal_mesh_line_flags, i, j); // Mark it as done so we don't do it again
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) { // We can't connect to anything further back than UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS.
|
||||
// This is already a half circle because we are at the edge of the bed.
|
||||
|
||||
if (is_bit_set(circle_flags, i, j) && is_bit_set(circle_flags, i, j + 1)) { // check if we can do a line straight down
|
||||
if (!is_bit_set( vertical_mesh_line_flags, i, j)) {
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We found two circles that need a vertical line to connect them
|
||||
// Print it!
|
||||
//
|
||||
sx = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(i);
|
||||
sy = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(j);
|
||||
sy = sy + SIZE_OF_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES - SIZE_OF_CROSS_HAIRS; // get the top edge of the circle
|
||||
|
||||
ex = sx;
|
||||
ey = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(j + 1);
|
||||
ey = ey - SIZE_OF_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES + SIZE_OF_CROSS_HAIRS; // get the bottom edge of the circle
|
||||
|
||||
sx = constrain(sx, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); // This keeps us from bumping the endstops
|
||||
sy = constrain(sy, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
ex = constrain(ex, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
ey = constrain(ey, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Connecting with vertical line (sx=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(sx);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", sy=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(sy);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(") -> (ex=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(ex);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ey=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(ey);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")");
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"Connecting vertical line.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
print_line_from_here_to_there(sx, sy, Layer_Height, ex, ey, Layer_Height);
|
||||
bit_set( vertical_mesh_line_flags, i, j); // Mark it as done so we don't do it again
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void debug_current_and_destination(char *title) {
|
||||
float dx, dy, de, xy_dist, fpmm;
|
||||
|
||||
// if the title message starts with a '!' it is so important, we are going to
|
||||
// ignore the status of the G26_Debug_Flag
|
||||
if (*title != '!' && !G26_Debug_flag) return;
|
||||
|
||||
dx = current_position[X_AXIS] - destination[X_AXIS];
|
||||
dy = current_position[Y_AXIS] - destination[Y_AXIS];
|
||||
de = destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS];
|
||||
if (de == 0.0) return;
|
||||
|
||||
xy_dist = HYPOT(dx, dy);
|
||||
if (xy_dist == 0.0) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" FPMM=");
|
||||
//fpmm = de;
|
||||
//SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(fpmm, 6);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" fpmm=");
|
||||
fpmm = de / xy_dist;
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(fpmm, 6);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" current=( ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(current_position[X_AXIS], 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(current_position[Y_AXIS], 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(current_position[Z_AXIS], 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(current_position[E_AXIS], 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ) destination=( ");
|
||||
if (current_position[X_AXIS] == destination[X_AXIS])
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-------------");
|
||||
else
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(destination[X_AXIS], 6);
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ");
|
||||
|
||||
if (current_position[Y_AXIS] == destination[Y_AXIS])
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-------------");
|
||||
else
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(destination[Y_AXIS], 6);
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ");
|
||||
|
||||
if (current_position[Z_AXIS] == destination[Z_AXIS])
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-------------");
|
||||
else
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(destination[Z_AXIS], 6);
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ");
|
||||
|
||||
if (current_position[E_AXIS] == destination[E_AXIS])
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-------------");
|
||||
else
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(destination[E_AXIS], 6);
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ) ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(title);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
SET_INPUT_PULLUP(66); // Roxy's Left Switch is on pin 66. Right Switch is on pin 65
|
||||
|
||||
//if (been_to_2_6) {
|
||||
//while ((digitalRead(66) & 0x01) != 0)
|
||||
// idle();
|
||||
//}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void move_to(const float &x, const float &y, const float &z, const float &e_delta) {
|
||||
float feed_value;
|
||||
static float last_z = -999.99;
|
||||
|
||||
bool has_XY_component = (x != current_position[X_AXIS] || y != current_position[Y_AXIS]); // Check if X or Y is involved in the movement.
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("in move_to() has_XY_component:", (int)has_XY_component);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (z != last_z) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("in move_to() changing Z to ", (int)z);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
last_z = z;
|
||||
feed_value = planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]/(3.0); // Base the feed rate off of the configured Z_AXIS feed rate
|
||||
|
||||
destination[X_AXIS] = current_position[X_AXIS];
|
||||
destination[Y_AXIS] = current_position[Y_AXIS];
|
||||
destination[Z_AXIS] = z; // We know the last_z==z or we wouldn't be in this block of code.
|
||||
destination[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS];
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_line_to_destination(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_AXIS], feed_value, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
stepper.synchronize();
|
||||
set_destination_to_current();
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag)
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)" in move_to() done with Z move");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if X or Y is involved in the movement.
|
||||
// Yes: a 'normal' movement. No: a retract() or un_retract()
|
||||
feed_value = has_XY_component ? PLANNER_XY_FEEDRATE() / 10.0 : planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 1.5;
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("in move_to() feed_value for XY:", feed_value);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
destination[X_AXIS] = x;
|
||||
destination[Y_AXIS] = y;
|
||||
destination[E_AXIS] += e_delta;
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag)
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)" in move_to() doing last move");
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_line_to_destination(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_AXIS], feed_value, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag)
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)" in move_to() after last move");
|
||||
|
||||
stepper.synchronize();
|
||||
set_destination_to_current();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void retract_filament() {
|
||||
if (!retracted) { // Only retract if we are not already retracted!
|
||||
retracted = true;
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Decided to do retract.");
|
||||
move_to(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], -1.0 * Retraction_Multiplier);
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Retraction done.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void un_retract_filament() {
|
||||
if (retracted) { // Only un-retract if we are retracted.
|
||||
move_to(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], 1.2 * Retraction_Multiplier);
|
||||
retracted = false;
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" unretract done.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* print_line_from_here_to_there() takes two cartesian coordinates and draws a line from one
|
||||
* to the other. But there are really three sets of coordinates involved. The first coordinate
|
||||
* is the present location of the nozzle. We don't necessarily want to print from this location.
|
||||
* We first need to move the nozzle to the start of line segment where we want to print. Once
|
||||
* there, we can use the two coordinates supplied to draw the line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Although we assume the first set of coordinates is the start of the line and the second
|
||||
* set of coordinates is the end of the line, it does not always work out that way. This function
|
||||
* optimizes the movement to minimize the travel distance before it can start printing. This saves
|
||||
* a lot of time and eleminates a lot of non-sensical movement of the nozzle. However, it does
|
||||
* cause a lot of very little short retracement of th nozzle when it draws the very first line
|
||||
* segment of a 'circle'. The time this requires is very short and is easily saved by the other
|
||||
* cases where the optimization comes into play.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void print_line_from_here_to_there( float sx, float sy, float sz, float ex, float ey, float ez) {
|
||||
float dx, dy, dx_s, dy_s, dx_e, dy_e, dist_start, dist_end, Line_Length;
|
||||
|
||||
dx_s = current_position[X_AXIS] - sx; // find our distance from the start of the actual line segment
|
||||
dy_s = current_position[Y_AXIS] - sy;
|
||||
dist_start = HYPOT2(dx_s, dy_s); // We don't need to do a sqrt(), we can compare the distance^2
|
||||
// to save computation time
|
||||
dx_e = current_position[X_AXIS] - ex; // find our distance from the end of the actual line segment
|
||||
dy_e = current_position[Y_AXIS] - ey;
|
||||
dist_end = HYPOT2(dx_e, dy_e);
|
||||
|
||||
dx = ex - sx;
|
||||
dy = ey - sy;
|
||||
Line_Length = HYPOT(dx, dy);
|
||||
|
||||
// If the end point of the line is closer to the nozzle, we are going to
|
||||
// flip the direction of this line. We will print it from the end to the start.
|
||||
// On very small lines we don't do the optimization because it just isn't worth it.
|
||||
//
|
||||
if (dist_end < dist_start && (SIZE_OF_INTERSECTION_CIRCLES) < abs(Line_Length)) {
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag)
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Reversing start and end of print_line_from_here_to_there()");
|
||||
print_line_from_here_to_there(ex, ey, ez, sx, sy, sz);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now decide if we should retract.
|
||||
|
||||
if (dist_start > 2.0) {
|
||||
retract_filament();
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag)
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" filament retracted.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
move_to(sx, sy, sz, 0.0); // Get to the starting point with no extrusion
|
||||
|
||||
E_Pos_Delta = Line_Length * G26_E_AXIS_feedrate * Extrusion_Multiplier;
|
||||
|
||||
un_retract_filament();
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" doing printing move.");
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination((char *)"doing final move_to() inside print_line_from_here_to_there()");
|
||||
}
|
||||
move_to(ex, ey, ez, E_Pos_Delta); // Get to the ending point with an appropriate amount of extrusion
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function used to be inline code in G26. But there are so many
|
||||
* parameters it made sense to turn them into static globals and get
|
||||
* this code out of sight of the main routine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool parse_G26_parameters() {
|
||||
|
||||
Extrusion_Multiplier = EXTRUSION_MULTIPLIER;
|
||||
Retraction_Multiplier = RETRACTION_MULTIPLIER;
|
||||
Nozzle = NOZZLE;
|
||||
Filament = FILAMENT;
|
||||
Layer_Height = LAYER_HEIGHT;
|
||||
Prime_Length = PRIME_LENGTH;
|
||||
bed_temp = BED_TEMP;
|
||||
hotend_temp = HOTEND_TEMP;
|
||||
Ooooze_Amount = OOOOZE_AMOUNT;
|
||||
Prime_Flag = 0;
|
||||
Keep_Heaters_On = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('B')) {
|
||||
bed_temp = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (bed_temp < 15.0 || bed_temp > 140.0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified bed temperature not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('C')) Continue_with_closest++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('L')) {
|
||||
Layer_Height = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (Layer_Height<0.0 || Layer_Height>2.0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified layer height not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('Q')) {
|
||||
if (code_has_value()) {
|
||||
Retraction_Multiplier = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (Retraction_Multiplier<.05 || Retraction_Multiplier>15.0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified Retraction Multiplier not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Retraction Multiplier must be specified.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('N')) {
|
||||
Nozzle = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (Nozzle < 0.1 || Nozzle > 1.0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified nozzle size not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('K')) Keep_Heaters_On++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('O') && code_has_value())
|
||||
Ooooze_Amount = code_value_float();
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('P')) {
|
||||
if (!code_has_value())
|
||||
Prime_Flag = -1;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Prime_Flag++;
|
||||
Prime_Length = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (Prime_Length < 0.0 || Prime_Length > 25.0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified prime length not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('F')) {
|
||||
Filament = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (Filament < 1.0 || Filament > 4.0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified filament size not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
Extrusion_Multiplier *= sq(1.75) / sq(Filament); // If we aren't using 1.75mm filament, we need to
|
||||
// scale up or down the length needed to get the
|
||||
// same volume of filament
|
||||
Extrusion_Multiplier *= Filament * sq(Nozzle) / sq(0.3); // Scale up by nozzle size
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('H')) {
|
||||
hotend_temp = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (hotend_temp < 165.0 || hotend_temp > 280.0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified nozzle temperature not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('R')) {
|
||||
randomSeed(millis());
|
||||
Random_Deviation = code_has_value() ? code_value_float() : 50.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
X_Pos = current_position[X_AXIS];
|
||||
Y_Pos = current_position[Y_AXIS];
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('X')) {
|
||||
X_Pos = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (X_Pos < X_MIN_POS || X_Pos > X_MAX_POS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified X coordinate not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('Y')) {
|
||||
Y_Pos = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (Y_Pos < Y_MIN_POS || Y_Pos > Y_MAX_POS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Specified Y coordinate not plausible.");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* We save the question of what to do with the Unified Bed Leveling System's Activation until the very
|
||||
* end. The reason is, if one of the parameters specified up above is incorrect, we don't want to
|
||||
* alter the system's status. We wait until we know everything is correct before altering the state
|
||||
* of the system.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
blm.state.active = !code_seen('D');
|
||||
|
||||
return UBL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Turn on the bed and nozzle heat and
|
||||
* wait for them to get up to temperature.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool turn_on_heaters() {
|
||||
#if HAS_TEMP_BED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
if (bed_temp > 25) {
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("G26 Heating Bed.", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel++;
|
||||
thermalManager.setTargetBed(bed_temp);
|
||||
while (abs(thermalManager.degBed() - bed_temp) > 3) {
|
||||
if (G29_lcd_clicked()) {
|
||||
strcpy(lcd_status_message, "Leaving G26"); // We can't do lcd_setstatus() without having it continue;
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle(); // Debounce the switch
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Leaving G26", true); // Now we do it right.
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
}
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("G26 Heating Nozzle.", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Start heating the nozzle and wait for it to reach temperature.
|
||||
thermalManager.setTargetHotend(hotend_temp, 0);
|
||||
while (abs(thermalManager.degHotend(0) - hotend_temp) > 3) {
|
||||
if (G29_lcd_clicked()) {
|
||||
strcpy(lcd_status_message, "Leaving G26"); // We can't do lcd_setstatus() without having it continue;
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle(); // Debounce the switch
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Leaving G26", true); // Now we do it right.
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return UBL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prime the nozzle if needed. Return true on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool prime_nozzle() {
|
||||
float Total_Prime = 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (Prime_Flag == -1) { // The user wants to control how much filament gets purged
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("User Controled Prime", true);
|
||||
chirp_at_user();
|
||||
|
||||
set_destination_to_current();
|
||||
|
||||
un_retract_filament(); // Lets make sure the G26 command doesn't think the filament is
|
||||
// retracted(). We are here because we want to prime the nozzle.
|
||||
// So let's just unretract just to be sure.
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel++;
|
||||
while (!G29_lcd_clicked()) {
|
||||
chirp_at_user();
|
||||
destination[E_AXIS] += 0.25;
|
||||
#ifdef PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
Total_Prime += 0.25;
|
||||
if (Total_Prime >= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH) return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
UBL_line_to_destination(
|
||||
destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_AXIS],
|
||||
//planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 15.0, 0, 0xFFFF, 0xFFFF);
|
||||
planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 15.0, 0
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
stepper.synchronize(); // Without this synchronize, the purge is more consistent,
|
||||
// but because the planner has a buffer, we won't be able
|
||||
// to stop as quickly. So we put up with the less smooth
|
||||
// action to give the user a more responsive 'Stop'.
|
||||
set_destination_to_current();
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(lcd_status_message, "Done Priming"); // We can't do lcd_setstatus() without having it continue;
|
||||
// So... We cheat to get a message up.
|
||||
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle(); // Debounce the switch
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Done Priming", true); // Now we do it right.
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Fixed Length Prime.", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
set_destination_to_current();
|
||||
destination[E_AXIS] += Prime_Length;
|
||||
UBL_line_to_destination(
|
||||
destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_AXIS],
|
||||
//planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 15.0, 0, 0xFFFF, 0xFFFF);
|
||||
planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 15.0, 0
|
||||
);
|
||||
stepper.synchronize();
|
||||
set_destination_to_current();
|
||||
retract_filament();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return UBL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016, 2017 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Marlin.h"
|
||||
#include "math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UNIFIED_BED_LEVELING_H
|
||||
#define UNIFIED_BED_LEVELING_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_OK false
|
||||
#define UBL_ERR true
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
int x_index, y_index;
|
||||
float distance; // Not always used. But when populated, it is the distance
|
||||
// from the search location
|
||||
} mesh_index_pair;
|
||||
|
||||
struct vector { double dx, dy, dz; };
|
||||
|
||||
enum Mesh_Point_Type { INVALID, REAL, SET_IN_BITMAP };
|
||||
|
||||
bool axis_unhomed_error(bool, bool, bool);
|
||||
void dump(char *str, float f);
|
||||
bool G29_lcd_clicked();
|
||||
void probe_entire_mesh(float, float, bool, bool);
|
||||
void UBL_line_to_destination(const float&, const float&, const float&, const float&, const float&, uint8_t);
|
||||
void manually_probe_remaining_mesh(float, float, float, float, bool);
|
||||
struct vector tilt_mesh_based_on_3pts(float, float, float);
|
||||
void new_set_bed_level_equation_3pts(float, float, float);
|
||||
float measure_business_card_thickness(float);
|
||||
mesh_index_pair find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(Mesh_Point_Type, float, float, bool, unsigned int[16]);
|
||||
void Find_Mean_Mesh_Height();
|
||||
void Shift_Mesh_Height();
|
||||
bool G29_Parameter_Parsing();
|
||||
void G29_What_Command();
|
||||
void G29_EEPROM_Dump();
|
||||
void G29_Kompare_Current_Mesh_to_Stored_Mesh();
|
||||
void fine_tune_mesh(float, float, float, bool);
|
||||
void bit_clear(uint16_t bits[16], uint8_t x, uint8_t y);
|
||||
void bit_set(uint16_t bits[16], uint8_t x, uint8_t y);
|
||||
bool is_bit_set(uint16_t bits[16], uint8_t x, uint8_t y);
|
||||
char *ftostr43sign(const float&, char);
|
||||
|
||||
void gcode_G26();
|
||||
void gcode_G28();
|
||||
void gcode_G29();
|
||||
extern char conv[9];
|
||||
|
||||
void save_UBL_active_state_and_disable();
|
||||
void restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
extern char lcd_status_message[];
|
||||
void lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum MBLStatus { MBL_STATUS_NONE = 0, MBL_STATUS_HAS_MESH_BIT = 0, MBL_STATUS_ACTIVE_BIT = 1 };
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_X_DIST ((float(UBL_MESH_MAX_X) - float(UBL_MESH_MIN_X)) / (float(UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS) - 1.0))
|
||||
#define MESH_Y_DIST ((float(UBL_MESH_MAX_Y) - float(UBL_MESH_MIN_Y)) / (float(UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) - 1.0))
|
||||
|
||||
extern bool G26_Debug_flag;
|
||||
extern float last_specified_z;
|
||||
extern float fade_scaling_factor_for_current_height;
|
||||
extern float z_values[UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS][UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS];
|
||||
extern float mesh_index_to_X_location[UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS + 1]; // +1 just because of paranoia that we might end up on the
|
||||
extern float mesh_index_to_Y_location[UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS + 1]; // the last Mesh Line and that is the start of a whole new cell
|
||||
|
||||
class bed_leveling {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
struct ubl_state {
|
||||
bool active = false;
|
||||
float z_offset = 0.0;
|
||||
int EEPROM_storage_slot = -1,
|
||||
n_x = UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS,
|
||||
n_y = UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS;
|
||||
float mesh_x_min = UBL_MESH_MIN_X,
|
||||
mesh_y_min = UBL_MESH_MIN_Y,
|
||||
mesh_x_max = UBL_MESH_MAX_X,
|
||||
mesh_y_max = UBL_MESH_MAX_Y,
|
||||
mesh_x_dist = MESH_X_DIST,
|
||||
mesh_y_dist = MESH_Y_DIST,
|
||||
G29_Correction_Fade_Height = 10.0,
|
||||
G29_Fade_Height_Multiplier = 1.0 / 10.0; // It is cheaper to do a floating point multiply than a floating
|
||||
// point divide. So, we keep this number in both forms. The first
|
||||
// is for the user. The second one is the one that is actually used
|
||||
// again and again and again during the correction calculations.
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char padding[24]; // This is just to allow room to add state variables without
|
||||
// changing the location of data structures in the EEPROM.
|
||||
// This is for compatability with future versions to keep
|
||||
// people from having to regenerate thier mesh data.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you change the contents of this struct, please adjust
|
||||
// the padding[] to keep the size the same!
|
||||
} state, pre_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
bed_leveling();
|
||||
// ~bed_leveling(); // No destructor because this object never goes away!
|
||||
|
||||
void display_map(int);
|
||||
|
||||
void reset();
|
||||
void invalidate();
|
||||
|
||||
void store_state();
|
||||
void load_state();
|
||||
void store_mesh(int);
|
||||
void load_mesh(int);
|
||||
|
||||
bool sanity_check();
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE float map_x_index_to_bed_location(int8_t i){ return ((float) UBL_MESH_MIN_X) + (((float) MESH_X_DIST) * (float) i); };
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE float map_y_index_to_bed_location(int8_t i){ return ((float) UBL_MESH_MIN_Y) + (((float) MESH_Y_DIST) * (float) i); };
|
||||
|
||||
void set_z(const int8_t px, const int8_t py, const float z) { z_values[px][py] = z; }
|
||||
|
||||
int8_t get_cell_index_x(float x) {
|
||||
int8_t cx = (x - (UBL_MESH_MIN_X)) * (1.0 / (MESH_X_DIST));
|
||||
return constrain(cx, 0, (UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS) - 1); // -1 is appropriate if we want all movement to the X_MAX
|
||||
} // position. But with this defined this way, it is possible
|
||||
// to extrapolate off of this point even further out. Probably
|
||||
// that is OK because something else should be keeping that from
|
||||
// happening and should not be worried about at this level.
|
||||
int8_t get_cell_index_y(float y) {
|
||||
int8_t cy = (y - (UBL_MESH_MIN_Y)) * (1.0 / (MESH_Y_DIST));
|
||||
return constrain(cy, 0, (UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) - 1); // -1 is appropriate if we want all movement to the Y_MAX
|
||||
} // position. But with this defined this way, it is possible
|
||||
// to extrapolate off of this point even further out. Probably
|
||||
// that is OK because something else should be keeping that from
|
||||
// happening and should not be worried about at this level.
|
||||
|
||||
int8_t find_closest_x_index(float x) {
|
||||
int8_t px = (x - (UBL_MESH_MIN_X) + (MESH_X_DIST) * 0.5) * (1.0 / (MESH_X_DIST));
|
||||
return (px >= 0 && px < (UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS)) ? px : -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int8_t find_closest_y_index(float y) {
|
||||
int8_t py = (y - (UBL_MESH_MIN_Y) + (MESH_Y_DIST) * 0.5) * (1.0 / (MESH_Y_DIST));
|
||||
return (py >= 0 && py < (UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS)) ? py : -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* z2 --|
|
||||
* z0 | |
|
||||
* | | + (z2-z1)
|
||||
* z1 | | |
|
||||
* ---+-------------+--------+-- --|
|
||||
* a1 a0 a2
|
||||
* |<---delta_a---------->|
|
||||
*
|
||||
* calc_z0 is the basis for all the Mesh Based correction. It is used to
|
||||
* find the expected Z Height at a position between two known Z-Height locations
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is farly expensive with its 4 floating point additions and 2 floating point
|
||||
* multiplications.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline float calc_z0(float a0, float a1, float z1, float a2, float z2) {
|
||||
float delta_z = (z2 - z1);
|
||||
float delta_a = (a0 - a1) / (a2 - a1);
|
||||
return z1 + delta_a * delta_z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* get_z_correction_at_Y_intercept(float x0, int x1_i, int yi) only takes
|
||||
* three parameters. It assumes the x0 point is on a Mesh line denoted by yi. In theory
|
||||
* we could use get_cell_index_x(float x) to obtain the 2nd parameter x1_i but any code calling
|
||||
* the get_z_correction_along_vertical_mesh_line_at_specific_X routine will already have
|
||||
* the X index of the x0 intersection available and we don't want to perform any extra floating
|
||||
* point operations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline float get_z_correction_along_horizontal_mesh_line_at_specific_X(float x0, int x1_i, int yi) {
|
||||
if (x1_i < 0 || yi < 0 || x1_i >= UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS || yi >= UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("? in get_z_correction_along_horizontal_mesh_line_at_specific_X(x0=", x0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",x1_i=", x1_i);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",yi=", yi);
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(')');
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
return NAN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const float a0ma1diva2ma1 = (x0 - mesh_index_to_X_location[x1_i]) * (1.0 / (MESH_X_DIST)),
|
||||
z1 = z_values[x1_i][yi],
|
||||
z2 = z_values[x1_i + 1][yi],
|
||||
dz = (z2 - z1);
|
||||
|
||||
return z1 + a0ma1diva2ma1 * dz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See comments above for get_z_correction_along_horizontal_mesh_line_at_specific_X
|
||||
//
|
||||
inline float get_z_correction_along_vertical_mesh_line_at_specific_Y(float y0, int xi, int y1_i) {
|
||||
if (xi < 0 || y1_i < 0 || xi >= UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS || y1_i >= UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("? in get_z_correction_along_vertical_mesh_line_at_specific_X(y0=", y0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", x1_i=", xi);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", yi=", y1_i);
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(')');
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
return NAN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const float a0ma1diva2ma1 = (y0 - mesh_index_to_Y_location[y1_i]) * (1.0 / (MESH_Y_DIST)),
|
||||
z1 = z_values[xi][y1_i],
|
||||
z2 = z_values[xi][y1_i + 1],
|
||||
dz = (z2 - z1);
|
||||
|
||||
return z1 + a0ma1diva2ma1 * dz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is the generic Z-Correction. It works anywhere within a Mesh Cell. It first
|
||||
* does a linear interpolation along both of the bounding X-Mesh-Lines to find the
|
||||
* Z-Height at both ends. Then it does a linear interpolation of these heights based
|
||||
* on the Y position within the cell.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
float get_z_correction(float x0, float y0) {
|
||||
int8_t cx = get_cell_index_x(x0),
|
||||
cy = get_cell_index_y(y0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (cx < 0 || cy < 0 || cx >= UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS || cy >= UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) {
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("? in get_z_correction(x0=", x0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", y0=", y0);
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(')');
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
strcpy(lcd_status_message, "get_z_correction() indexes out of range.");
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return 0.0; // this used to return state.z_offset
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float z1 = calc_z0(x0,
|
||||
map_x_index_to_bed_location(cx), z_values[cx][cy],
|
||||
map_x_index_to_bed_location(cx + 1), z_values[cx + 1][cy]);
|
||||
float z2 = calc_z0(x0,
|
||||
map_x_index_to_bed_location(cx), z_values[cx][cy + 1],
|
||||
map_x_index_to_bed_location(cx + 1), z_values[cx + 1][cy + 1]);
|
||||
float z0 = calc_z0(y0,
|
||||
map_y_index_to_bed_location(cy), z1,
|
||||
map_y_index_to_bed_location(cy + 1), z2);
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
|
||||
if (DEBUGGING(MESH_ADJUST)) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" raw get_z_correction(", x0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", y0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(")=");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(z0, 6);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
|
||||
if (DEBUGGING(MESH_ADJUST)) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" >>>---> ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(z0, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (isnan(z0)) { // if part of the Mesh is undefined, it will show up as NAN
|
||||
z0 = 0.0; // in blm.z_values[][] and propagate through the
|
||||
// calculations. If our correction is NAN, we throw it out
|
||||
// because part of the Mesh is undefined and we don't have the
|
||||
// information we need to complete the height correction.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
|
||||
if (DEBUGGING(MESH_ADJUST)) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("??? Yikes! NAN in get_z_correction( ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(x0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(y0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" )");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
return z0; // there used to be a +state.z_offset on this line
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This routine is used to scale the Z correction depending upon the current nozzle height. It is
|
||||
* optimized for speed. It avoids floating point operations by checking if the requested scaling
|
||||
* factor is going to be the same as the last time the function calculated a value. If so, it just
|
||||
* returns it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If it must do a calcuation, it will return a scaling factor of 0.0 if the UBL System is not active
|
||||
* or if the current Z Height is past the specified 'Fade Height'
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE float fade_scaling_factor_for_Z(float current_z) {
|
||||
if (last_specified_z == current_z)
|
||||
return fade_scaling_factor_for_current_height;
|
||||
|
||||
last_specified_z = current_z;
|
||||
fade_scaling_factor_for_current_height =
|
||||
state.active && current_z < state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height
|
||||
? 1.0 - (current_z * state.G29_Fade_Height_Multiplier)
|
||||
: 0.0;
|
||||
return fade_scaling_factor_for_current_height;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern bed_leveling blm;
|
||||
extern int Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
#endif // UNIFIED_BED_LEVELING_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Marlin.h"
|
||||
#include "math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#include "UBL.h"
|
||||
#include "hex_print_routines.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* These variables used to be declared inside the bed_leveling class. We are going to still declare
|
||||
* them within the .cpp file for bed leveling. But there is only one instance of the bed leveling
|
||||
* object and we can get rid of a level of inderection by not making them 'member data'. So, in the
|
||||
* interest of speed, we do it this way. When we move to a 32-Bit processor, they can be moved
|
||||
* back inside the bed leveling class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
float last_specified_z,
|
||||
fade_scaling_factor_for_current_height,
|
||||
z_values[UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS][UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS],
|
||||
mesh_index_to_X_location[UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS + 1], // +1 just because of paranoia that we might end up on the
|
||||
mesh_index_to_Y_location[UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS + 1]; // the last Mesh Line and that is the start of a whole new cell
|
||||
|
||||
bed_leveling::bed_leveling() {
|
||||
for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) // We go one past what we expect to ever need for safety
|
||||
mesh_index_to_X_location[i] = double(UBL_MESH_MIN_X) + double(MESH_X_DIST) * double(i);
|
||||
|
||||
for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; i++) // We go one past what we expect to ever need for safety
|
||||
mesh_index_to_Y_location[i] = double(UBL_MESH_MIN_Y) + double(MESH_Y_DIST) * double(i);
|
||||
|
||||
reset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void bed_leveling::store_state() {
|
||||
int k = E2END - sizeof(blm.state);
|
||||
eeprom_write_block((void *)&blm.state, (void *)k, sizeof(blm.state));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void bed_leveling::load_state() {
|
||||
int k = E2END - sizeof(blm.state);
|
||||
eeprom_read_block((void *)&blm.state, (void *)k, sizeof(blm.state));
|
||||
|
||||
if (sanity_check())
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?In load_state() sanity_check() failed.\n");
|
||||
|
||||
// These lines can go away in a few weeks. They are just
|
||||
// to make sure people updating thier firmware won't be using
|
||||
if (blm.state.G29_Fade_Height_Multiplier != 1.0 / blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height) { // an incomplete Bed_Leveling.state structure. For speed
|
||||
blm.state.G29_Fade_Height_Multiplier = 1.0 / blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height; // we now multiply by the inverse of the Fade Height instead of
|
||||
store_state(); // dividing by it. Soon... all of the old structures will be
|
||||
} // updated, but until then, we try to ease the transition
|
||||
// for our Beta testers.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void bed_leveling::load_mesh(int m) {
|
||||
int k = E2END - sizeof(blm.state),
|
||||
j = (k - Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start) / sizeof(z_values);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m == -1) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?No mesh saved in EEPROM. Zeroing mesh in memory.\n");
|
||||
reset();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m < 0 || m >= j || Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start <= 0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?EEPROM storage not available to load mesh.\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
j = k - (m + 1) * sizeof(z_values);
|
||||
eeprom_read_block((void *)&z_values , (void *)j, sizeof(z_values));
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Mesh loaded from slot ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(m);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" at offset 0x");
|
||||
prt_hex_word(j);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void bed_leveling:: store_mesh(int m) {
|
||||
int k = E2END - sizeof(state),
|
||||
j = (k - Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start) / sizeof(z_values);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m < 0 || m >= j || Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start <= 0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?EEPROM storage not available to load mesh.\n");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(m);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM(" mesh slots available.\n");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPAIR("E2END : ", E2END);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPAIR("k : ", k);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPAIR("j : ", j);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPAIR("m : ", m);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
j = k - (m + 1) * sizeof(z_values);
|
||||
eeprom_write_block((const void *)&z_values, (void *)j, sizeof(z_values));
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Mesh saved in slot ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(m);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" at offset 0x");
|
||||
prt_hex_word(j);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void bed_leveling::reset() {
|
||||
state.active = false;
|
||||
state.z_offset = 0;
|
||||
state.EEPROM_storage_slot = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
ZERO(z_values);
|
||||
|
||||
last_specified_z = -999.9; // We can't pre-initialize these values in the declaration
|
||||
fade_scaling_factor_for_current_height = 0.0; // due to C++11 constraints
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void bed_leveling::invalidate() {
|
||||
prt_hex_word((unsigned int)this);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
state.active = false;
|
||||
state.z_offset = 0;
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; x++)
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; y++)
|
||||
z_values[x][y] = NAN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void bed_leveling::display_map(int map_type) {
|
||||
float f, current_xi, current_yi;
|
||||
int8_t i, j;
|
||||
UNUSED(map_type);
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("\nBed Topography Report:\n");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("(", 0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS - 1);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(") ");
|
||||
|
||||
current_xi = blm.get_cell_index_x(current_position[X_AXIS] + (MESH_X_DIST) / 2.0);
|
||||
current_yi = blm.get_cell_index_y(current_position[Y_AXIS] + (MESH_Y_DIST) / 2.0);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS - 1; i++)
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("(", UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS - 1);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS - 1);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")");
|
||||
|
||||
// if (map_type || 1) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("(", UBL_MESH_MIN_X);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", UBL_MESH_MAX_Y);
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(')');
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS - 1; i++)
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("(", UBL_MESH_MAX_X);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", UBL_MESH_MAX_Y);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")");
|
||||
// }
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS - 1; j >= 0; j--) {
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
f = z_values[i][j];
|
||||
|
||||
// is the nozzle here? if so, mark the number
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(i == current_xi && j == current_yi ? '[' : ' ');
|
||||
|
||||
if (isnan(f))
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" . ");
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// if we don't do this, the columns won't line up nicely
|
||||
if (f >= 0.0) SERIAL_CHAR(' ');
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(f, 5);
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (i == current_xi && j == current_yi) // is the nozzle here? if so, finish marking the number
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(']');
|
||||
else
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(" ");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(' ');
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
if (j) { // we want the (0,0) up tight against the block of numbers
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(' ');
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// if (map_type) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("(", int(UBL_MESH_MIN_X));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", int(UBL_MESH_MIN_Y));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(") ");
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS - 1; i++)
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("(", int(UBL_MESH_MAX_X));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", int(UBL_MESH_MIN_Y));
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(')');
|
||||
// }
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("(", 0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", 0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(") ");
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS - 1; i++)
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("(", UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS-1);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", 0);
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(')');
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(' ');
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool bed_leveling::sanity_check() {
|
||||
uint8_t error_flag = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.n_x != UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS set wrong\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.n_y != UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS set wrong\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.mesh_x_min != UBL_MESH_MIN_X) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?UBL_MESH_MIN_X set wrong\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.mesh_y_min != UBL_MESH_MIN_Y) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?UBL_MESH_MIN_Y set wrong\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.mesh_x_max != UBL_MESH_MAX_X) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?UBL_MESH_MAX_X set wrong\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.mesh_y_max != UBL_MESH_MAX_Y) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?UBL_MESH_MAX_Y set wrong\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.mesh_x_dist != MESH_X_DIST) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?MESH_X_DIST set wrong\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.mesh_y_dist != MESH_Y_DIST) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?MESH_Y_DIST set wrong\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int k = E2END - sizeof(blm.state),
|
||||
j = (k - Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start) / sizeof(z_values);
|
||||
|
||||
if (j < 1) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?No EEPROM storage available for a mesh of this size.\n");
|
||||
error_flag++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("?sanity_check() return value: ");
|
||||
// SERIAL_PROTOCOL(error_flag);
|
||||
// SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
return !!error_flag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1455 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Marlin.h"
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
//#include "vector_3.h"
|
||||
//#include "qr_solve.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UBL.h"
|
||||
#include "hex_print_routines.h"
|
||||
#include "configuration_store.h"
|
||||
#include "planner.h"
|
||||
#include "ultralcd.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
void lcd_babystep_z();
|
||||
void lcd_return_to_status();
|
||||
bool lcd_clicked();
|
||||
void lcd_implementation_clear();
|
||||
void lcd_mesh_edit_setup(float inital);
|
||||
float lcd_mesh_edit();
|
||||
void lcd_z_offset_edit_setup(float);
|
||||
float lcd_z_offset_edit();
|
||||
|
||||
extern float meshedit_done;
|
||||
extern long babysteps_done;
|
||||
extern float code_value_float();
|
||||
extern bool code_value_bool();
|
||||
extern bool code_has_value();
|
||||
extern float probe_pt(float x, float y, bool, int);
|
||||
extern float zprobe_zoffset;
|
||||
extern bool set_probe_deployed(bool);
|
||||
#define DEPLOY_PROBE() set_probe_deployed(true)
|
||||
#define STOW_PROBE() set_probe_deployed(false)
|
||||
bool ProbeStay = true;
|
||||
float ubl_3_point_1_X = UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X;
|
||||
float ubl_3_point_1_Y = UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y;
|
||||
float ubl_3_point_2_X = UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X;
|
||||
float ubl_3_point_2_Y = UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y;
|
||||
float ubl_3_point_3_X = UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X;
|
||||
float ubl_3_point_3_Y = UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y;
|
||||
|
||||
#define SIZE_OF_LITTLE_RAISE 0
|
||||
#define BIG_RAISE_NOT_NEEDED 0
|
||||
extern void lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G29: Unified Bed Leveling by Roxy
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Transform required to compensate for bed level
|
||||
//extern matrix_3x3 plan_bed_level_matrix;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the position applying the bed level matrix
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//vector_3 plan_get_position();
|
||||
|
||||
// static void set_bed_level_equation_lsq(double* plane_equation_coefficients);
|
||||
// static void set_bed_level_equation_3pts(float z_at_pt_1, float z_at_pt_2, float z_at_pt_3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G29: Mesh Based Compensation System
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters understood by this leveling system:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A Activate Activate the Unified Bed Leveling system.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* B # Business Use the 'Business Card' mode of the Manual Probe subsystem. This is invoked as
|
||||
* G29 P2 B The mode of G29 P2 allows you to use a bussiness card or recipe card
|
||||
* as a shim that the nozzle will pinch as it is lowered. The idea is that you
|
||||
* can easily feel the nozzle getting to the same height by the amount of resistance
|
||||
* the business card exhibits to movement. You should try to achieve the same amount
|
||||
* of resistance on each probed point to facilitate accurate and repeatable measurements.
|
||||
* You should be very careful not to drive the nozzle into the bussiness card with a
|
||||
* lot of force as it is very possible to cause damage to your printer if your are
|
||||
* careless. If you use the B option with G29 P2 B you can leave the number parameter off
|
||||
* on its first use to enable measurement of the business card thickness. Subsequent usage
|
||||
* of the B parameter can have the number previously measured supplied to the command.
|
||||
* Incidently, you are much better off using something like a Spark Gap feeler gauge than
|
||||
* something that compresses like a Business Card.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* C Continue Continue, Constant, Current Location. This is not a primary command. C is used to
|
||||
* further refine the behaviour of several other commands. Issuing a G29 P1 C will
|
||||
* continue the generation of a partially constructed Mesh without invalidating what has
|
||||
* been done. Issuing a G29 P2 C will tell the Manual Probe subsystem to use the current
|
||||
* location in its search for the closest unmeasured Mesh Point. When used with a G29 Z C
|
||||
* it indicates to use the current location instead of defaulting to the center of the print bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* D Disable Disable the Unified Bed Leveling system.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* E Stow_probe Stow the probe after each sampled point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* F # Fade * Fade the amount of Mesh Based Compensation over a specified height. At the specified height,
|
||||
* no correction is applied and natural printer kenimatics take over. If no number is specified
|
||||
* for the command, 10mm is assummed to be reasonable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* G # Grid * Perform a Grid Based Leveling of the current Mesh using a grid with n points on
|
||||
* a side.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* H # Height Specify the Height to raise the nozzle after each manual probe of the bed. The
|
||||
* default is 5mm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* I # Invalidate Invalidate specified number of Mesh Points. The nozzle location is used unless
|
||||
* the X and Y parameter are used. If no number is specified, only the closest Mesh
|
||||
* point to the location is invalidated. The M parameter is available as well to produce
|
||||
* a map after the operation. This command is useful to invalidate a portion of the
|
||||
* Mesh so it can be adjusted using other tools in the Unified Bed Leveling System. When
|
||||
* attempting to invalidate an isolated bad point in the mesh, the M option will indicate
|
||||
* where the nozzle is positioned in the Mesh with (#). You can move the nozzle around on
|
||||
* the bed and use this feature to select the center of the area (or cell) you want to
|
||||
* invalidate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* K # Kompare Kompare current Mesh with stored Mesh # replacing current Mesh with the result. This
|
||||
* command litterly performs a difference between two Mesh.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* L Load * Load Mesh from the previously activated location in the EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* L # Load * Load Mesh from the specified location in the EEPROM. Set this location as activated
|
||||
* for subsequent Load and Store operations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* O Map * Display the Mesh Map Topology.
|
||||
* The parameter can be specified alone (ie. G29 O) or in combination with many of the
|
||||
* other commands. The Mesh Map option works with all of the Phase
|
||||
* commands (ie. G29 P4 R 5 X 50 Y100 C -.1 O)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* N No Home G29 normally insists that a G28 has been performed. You can over rule this with an
|
||||
* N option. In general, you should not do this. This can only be done safely with
|
||||
* commands that do not move the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The P or Phase commands are used for the bulk of the work to setup a Mesh. In general, your Mesh will
|
||||
* start off being initialized with a G29 P0 or a G29 P1. Further refinement of the Mesh happens with
|
||||
* each additional Phase that processes it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 Phase 0 Zero Mesh Data and turn off the Mesh Compensation System. This reverts the
|
||||
* 3D Printer to the same state it was in before the Unified Bed Leveling Compensation
|
||||
* was turned on. Setting the entire Mesh to Zero is a special case that allows
|
||||
* a subsequent G or T leveling operation for backward compatability.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Phase 1 Invalidate entire Mesh and continue with automatic generation of the Mesh data using
|
||||
* the Z-Probe. Depending upon the values of DELTA_PROBEABLE_RADIUS and
|
||||
* DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS some area of the bed will not have Mesh Data automatically
|
||||
* generated. This will be handled in Phase 2. If the Phase 1 command is given the
|
||||
* C (Continue) parameter it does not invalidate the Mesh prior to automatically
|
||||
* probing needed locations. This allows you to invalidate portions of the Mesh but still
|
||||
* use the automatic probing capabilities of the Unified Bed Leveling System. An X and Y
|
||||
* parameter can be given to prioritize where the command should be trying to measure points.
|
||||
* If the X and Y parameters are not specified the current probe position is used. Phase 1
|
||||
* allows you to specify the M (Map) parameter so you can watch the generation of the Mesh.
|
||||
* Phase 1 also watches for the LCD Panel's Encoder Switch being held in a depressed state.
|
||||
* It will suspend generation of the Mesh if it sees the user request that. (This check is
|
||||
* only done between probe points. You will need to press and hold the switch until the
|
||||
* Phase 1 command can detect it.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Phase 2 Probe areas of the Mesh that can not be automatically handled. Phase 2 respects an H
|
||||
* parameter to control the height between Mesh points. The default height for movement
|
||||
* between Mesh points is 5mm. A smaller number can be used to make this part of the
|
||||
* calibration less time consuming. You will be running the nozzle down until it just barely
|
||||
* touches the glass. You should have the nozzle clean with no plastic obstructing your view.
|
||||
* Use caution and move slowly. It is possible to damage your printer if you are careless.
|
||||
* Note that this command will use the configuration #define SIZE_OF_LITTLE_RAISE if the
|
||||
* nozzle is moving a distance of less than BIG_RAISE_NOT_NEEDED.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The H parameter can be set negative if your Mesh dips in a large area. You can press
|
||||
* and hold the LCD Panel's encoder wheel to terminate the current Phase 2 command. You
|
||||
* can then re-issue the G29 P 2 command with an H parameter that is more suitable for the
|
||||
* area you are manually probing. Note that the command tries to start you in a corner
|
||||
* of the bed where movement will be predictable. You can force the location to be used in
|
||||
* the distance calculations by using the X and Y parameters. You may find it is helpful to
|
||||
* print out a Mesh Map (G29 O ) to understand where the mesh is invalidated and where
|
||||
* the nozzle will need to move in order to complete the command. The C parameter is
|
||||
* available on the Phase 2 command also and indicates the search for points to measure should
|
||||
* be done based on the current location of the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A B parameter is also available for this command and described up above. It places the
|
||||
* manual probe subsystem into Business Card mode where the thickness of a business care is
|
||||
* measured and then used to accurately set the nozzle height in all manual probing for the
|
||||
* duration of the command. (S for Shim mode would be a better parameter name, but S is needed
|
||||
* for Save or Store of the Mesh to EEPROM) A Business card can be used, but you will have
|
||||
* better results if you use a flexible Shim that does not compress very much. That makes it
|
||||
* easier for you to get the nozzle to press with similar amounts of force against the shim so you
|
||||
* can get accurate measurements. As you are starting to touch the nozzle against the shim try
|
||||
* to get it to grasp the shim with the same force as when you measured the thickness of the
|
||||
* shim at the start of the command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Phase 2 allows the O (Map) parameter to be specified. This helps the user see the progression
|
||||
* of the Mesh being built.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P3 Phase 3 Fill the unpopulated regions of the Mesh with a fixed value. The C parameter is used to
|
||||
* specify the Constant value to fill all invalid areas of the Mesh. If no C parameter is
|
||||
* specified, a value of 0.0 is assumed. The R parameter can be given to specify the number
|
||||
* of points to set. If the R parameter is specified the current nozzle position is used to
|
||||
* find the closest points to alter unless the X and Y parameter are used to specify the fill
|
||||
* location.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P4 Phase 4 Fine tune the Mesh. The Delta Mesh Compensation System assume the existance of
|
||||
* an LCD Panel. It is possible to fine tune the mesh without the use of an LCD Panel.
|
||||
* (More work and details on doing this later!)
|
||||
* The System will search for the closest Mesh Point to the nozzle. It will move the
|
||||
* nozzle to this location. The user can use the LCD Panel to carefully adjust the nozzle
|
||||
* so it is just barely touching the bed. When the user clicks the control, the System
|
||||
* will lock in that height for that point in the Mesh Compensation System.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Phase 4 has several additional parameters that the user may find helpful. Phase 4
|
||||
* can be started at a specific location by specifying an X and Y parameter. Phase 4
|
||||
* can be requested to continue the adjustment of Mesh Points by using the R(epeat)
|
||||
* parameter. If the Repetition count is not specified, it is assumed the user wishes
|
||||
* to adjust the entire matrix. The nozzle is moved to the Mesh Point being edited.
|
||||
* The command can be terminated early (or after the area of interest has been edited) by
|
||||
* pressing and holding the encoder wheel until the system recognizes the exit request.
|
||||
* Phase 4's general form is G29 P4 [R # of points] [X position] [Y position]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Phase 4 is intended to be used with the G26 Mesh Validation Command. Using the
|
||||
* information left on the printer's bed from the G26 command it is very straight forward
|
||||
* and easy to fine tune the Mesh. One concept that is important to remember and that
|
||||
* will make using the Phase 4 command easy to use is this: You are editing the Mesh Points.
|
||||
* If you have too little clearance and not much plastic was extruded in an area, you want to
|
||||
* LOWER the Mesh Point at the location. If you did not get good adheasion, you want to
|
||||
* RAISE the Mesh Point at that location.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P5 Phase 5 Find Mean Mesh Height and Standard Deviation. Typically, it is easier to use and
|
||||
* work with the Mesh if it is Mean Adjusted. You can specify a C parameter to
|
||||
* Correct the Mesh to a 0.00 Mean Height. Adding a C parameter will automatically
|
||||
* execute a G29 P6 C <mean height>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P6 Phase 6 Shift Mesh height. The entire Mesh's height is adjusted by the height specified
|
||||
* with the C parameter. Being able to adjust the height of a Mesh is useful tool. It
|
||||
* can be used to compensate for poorly calibrated Z-Probes and other errors. Ideally,
|
||||
* you should have the Mesh adjusted for a Mean Height of 0.00 and the Z-Probe measuring
|
||||
* 0.000 at the Z Home location.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Q Test * Load specified Test Pattern to assist in checking correct operation of system. This
|
||||
* command is not anticipated to be of much value to the typical user. It is intended
|
||||
* for developers to help them verify correct operation of the Unified Bed Leveling System.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* S Store Store the current Mesh in the Activated area of the EEPROM. It will also store the
|
||||
* current state of the Unified Bed Leveling system in the EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* S # Store Store the current Mesh at the specified location in EEPROM. Activate this location
|
||||
* for subsequent Load and Store operations. It will also store the current state of
|
||||
* the Unified Bed Leveling system in the EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* S -1 Store Store the current Mesh as a print out that is suitable to be feed back into
|
||||
* the system at a later date. The text generated can be saved and later sent by PronterFace or
|
||||
* Repetier Host to reconstruct the current mesh on another machine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* T 3-Point Perform a 3 Point Bed Leveling on the current Mesh
|
||||
*
|
||||
* W What? Display valuable data the Unified Bed Leveling System knows.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X # * * Specify X Location for this line of commands
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Y # * * Specify Y Location for this line of commands
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Z Zero * Probes to set the Z Height of the nozzle. The entire Mesh can be raised or lowered
|
||||
* by just doing a G29 Z
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Z # Zero * The entire Mesh can be raised or lowered to conform with the specified difference.
|
||||
* zprobe_zoffset is added to the calculation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Release Notes:
|
||||
* You MUST do a M502 & M500 pair of commands to initialize the storage. Failure to do this
|
||||
* will cause all kinds of problems. Enabling EEPROM Storage is highly recommended. With
|
||||
* EEPROM Storage of the mesh, you are limited to 3-Point and Grid Leveling. (G29 P0 T and
|
||||
* G29 P0 G respectively.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Z-Probe Sleds are not currently fully supported. There were too many complications caused
|
||||
* by them to support them in the Unified Bed Leveling code. Support for them will be handled
|
||||
* better in the upcoming Z-Probe Object that will happen during the Code Clean Up phase. (That
|
||||
* is what they really are: A special case of the Z-Probe.) When a Z-Probe Object appears, it
|
||||
* should slip in under the Unified Bed Leveling code without major trauma.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When you do a G28 and then a G29 P1 to automatically build your first mesh, you are going to notice
|
||||
* the Unified Bed Leveling probes points further and further away from the starting location. (The
|
||||
* starting location defaults to the center of the bed.) The original Grid and Mesh leveling used
|
||||
* a Zig Zag pattern. The new pattern is better, especially for people with Delta printers. This
|
||||
* allows you to get the center area of the Mesh populated (and edited) quicker. This allows you to
|
||||
* perform a small print and check out your settings quicker. You do not need to populate the
|
||||
* entire mesh to use it. (You don't want to spend a lot of time generating a mesh only to realize
|
||||
* you don't have the resolution or zprobe_zoffset set correctly. The Mesh generation
|
||||
* gathers points closest to where the nozzle is located unless you specify an (X,Y) coordinate pair.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Unified Bed Leveling uses a lot of EEPROM storage to hold its data. And it takes some effort
|
||||
* to get this Mesh data correct for a user's printer. We do not want this data destroyed as
|
||||
* new versions of Marlin add or subtract to the items stored in EEPROM. So, for the benefit of
|
||||
* the users, we store the Mesh data at the end of the EEPROM and do not keep it contiguous with the
|
||||
* other data stored in the EEPROM. (For sure the developers are going to complain about this, but
|
||||
* this is going to be helpful to the users!)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The foundation of this Bed Leveling System is built on Epatel's Mesh Bed Leveling code. A big
|
||||
* 'Thanks!' to him and the creators of 3-Point and Grid Based leveling. Combining thier contributions
|
||||
* we now have the functionality and features of all three systems combined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start = -1;
|
||||
int UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
volatile int G29_encoderDiff = 0; // This is volatile because it is getting changed at interrupt time.
|
||||
|
||||
// We keep the simple parameter flags and values as 'static' because we break out the
|
||||
// parameter parsing into a support routine.
|
||||
|
||||
static int G29_Verbose_Level = 0, Test_Value = 0,
|
||||
Phase_Value = -1, Repetition_Cnt = 1;
|
||||
static bool Repeat_Flag = UBL_OK, C_Flag = false, X_Flag = UBL_OK, Y_Flag = UBL_OK, Statistics_Flag = UBL_OK, Business_Card_Mode = false;
|
||||
static float X_Pos = 0.0, Y_Pos = 0.0, Height_Value = 5.0, measured_z, card_thickness = 0.0, Constant = 0.0;
|
||||
static int Storage_Slot = 0, Test_Pattern = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
void lcd_setstatus(const char* message, bool persist);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void gcode_G29() {
|
||||
mesh_index_pair location;
|
||||
int i, j, k;
|
||||
float Z1, Z2, Z3;
|
||||
|
||||
G29_Verbose_Level = 0; // These may change, but let's get some reasonable values into them.
|
||||
Repeat_Flag = UBL_OK;
|
||||
Repetition_Cnt = 1;
|
||||
C_Flag = false;
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start=");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLN(Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start);
|
||||
|
||||
if (Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start < 0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?You need to enable your EEPROM and initialize it ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("with M502, M500, M501 in that order.\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!code_seen('N') && axis_unhomed_error(true, true, true)) // Don't allow auto-leveling without homing first
|
||||
gcode_G28();
|
||||
|
||||
if (G29_Parameter_Parsing()) return; // abort if parsing the simple parameters causes a problem,
|
||||
|
||||
// Invalidate Mesh Points. This command is a little bit asymetrical because
|
||||
// it directly specifies the repetition count and does not use the 'R' parameter.
|
||||
if (code_seen('I')) {
|
||||
Repetition_Cnt = code_has_value() ? code_value_int() : 1;
|
||||
while (Repetition_Cnt--) {
|
||||
location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(REAL, X_Pos, Y_Pos, 0, NULL); // The '0' says we want to use the nozzle's position
|
||||
if (location.x_index < 0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Entire Mesh invalidated.\n");
|
||||
break; // No more invalid Mesh Points to populate
|
||||
}
|
||||
z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = NAN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Locations invalidated.\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('Q')) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_has_value()) Test_Pattern = code_value_int();
|
||||
|
||||
if (Test_Pattern < 0 || Test_Pattern > 4) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Invalid Test_Pattern value. (0-4)\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Loading Test_Pattern values.\n");
|
||||
switch (Test_Pattern) {
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) { // Create a bowl shape. This is
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++) { // similar to what a user would see with
|
||||
Z1 = 0.5 * (UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS) - i; // a poorly calibrated Delta.
|
||||
Z2 = 0.5 * (UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) - j;
|
||||
z_values[i][j] += 2.0 * HYPOT(Z1, Z2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) { // Create a diagonal line several Mesh
|
||||
z_values[i][i] += 9.999; // cells thick that is raised
|
||||
if (i < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS - 1)
|
||||
z_values[i][i + 1] += 9.999; // We want the altered line several mesh points thick
|
||||
if (i > 0)
|
||||
z_values[i][i - 1] += 9.999; // We want the altered line several mesh points thick
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
// Allow the user to specify the height because 10mm is
|
||||
// a little bit extreme in some cases.
|
||||
for (i = (UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS) / 3.0; i < 2 * ((UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS) / 3.0); i++) // Create a rectangular raised area in
|
||||
for (j = (UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) / 3.0; j < 2 * ((UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) / 3.0); j++) // the center of the bed
|
||||
z_values[i][j] += code_seen('C') ? Constant : 9.99;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('P')) {
|
||||
Phase_Value = code_value_int();
|
||||
if (Phase_Value < 0 || Phase_Value > 7) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Invalid Phase value. (0-4)\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch (Phase_Value) {
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Zero Mesh Data
|
||||
//
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
blm.reset();
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Mesh zeroed.\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Invalidate Entire Mesh and Automatically Probe Mesh in areas that can be reached by the probe
|
||||
//
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
if (!code_seen('C') ) {
|
||||
blm.invalidate();
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Mesh invalidated. Probing mesh.\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (G29_Verbose_Level > 1) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Probing Mesh Points Closest to (");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(X_Pos);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(",", Y_Pos);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM(")\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
probe_entire_mesh( X_Pos+X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, Y_Pos+Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER,
|
||||
code_seen('O') || code_seen('M'), code_seen('E'));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Manually Probe Mesh in areas that can not be reached by the probe
|
||||
//
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Manually probing unreachable mesh locations.\n");
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES);
|
||||
if (!X_Flag && !Y_Flag) { // use a good default location for the path
|
||||
X_Pos = X_MIN_POS;
|
||||
Y_Pos = Y_MIN_POS;
|
||||
if (X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER > 0) // The flipped > and < operators on these two comparisons is
|
||||
X_Pos = X_MAX_POS; // intentional. It should cause the probed points to follow a
|
||||
|
||||
if (Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0) // nice path on Cartesian printers. It may make sense to
|
||||
Y_Pos = Y_MAX_POS; // have Delta printers default to the center of the bed.
|
||||
|
||||
} // For now, until that is decided, it can be forced with the X
|
||||
// and Y parameters.
|
||||
if (code_seen('C')) {
|
||||
X_Pos = current_position[X_AXIS];
|
||||
Y_Pos = current_position[Y_AXIS];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Height_Value = code_seen('H') && code_has_value() ? code_value_float() : Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((Business_Card_Mode = code_seen('B'))) {
|
||||
card_thickness = code_has_value() ? code_value_float() : measure_business_card_thickness(Height_Value);
|
||||
|
||||
if (fabs(card_thickness) > 1.5) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Error in Business Card measurment.\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
manually_probe_remaining_mesh( X_Pos, Y_Pos, Height_Value, card_thickness, code_seen('O') || code_seen('M'));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Populate invalid Mesh areas with a constant
|
||||
//
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
Height_Value = 0.0; // Assume 0.0 until proven otherwise
|
||||
if (code_seen('C')) Height_Value = Constant;
|
||||
// If no repetition is specified, do the whole Mesh
|
||||
if (!Repeat_Flag) Repetition_Cnt = 9999;
|
||||
while (Repetition_Cnt--) {
|
||||
location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type( INVALID, X_Pos, Y_Pos, 0, NULL); // The '0' says we want to use the nozzle's position
|
||||
if (location.x_index < 0) break; // No more invalid Mesh Points to populate
|
||||
z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = Height_Value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Fine Tune (Or Edit) the Mesh
|
||||
//
|
||||
case 4:
|
||||
fine_tune_mesh(X_Pos, Y_Pos, Height_Value, code_seen('O') || code_seen('M'));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 5:
|
||||
Find_Mean_Mesh_Height();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 6:
|
||||
Shift_Mesh_Height();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 10:
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel++; // Debug code... Pan no attention to this stuff
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO_START;
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Checking G29 has control of LCD Panel:\n");
|
||||
while(!G29_lcd_clicked()) {
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
delay(250);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(G29_encoderDiff);
|
||||
G29_encoderDiff = 0;
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle();
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;;
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("G29 giving back control of LCD Panel.\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('T')) {
|
||||
Z1 = probe_pt(ubl_3_point_1_X, ubl_3_point_1_Y, false /*Stow Flag*/, G29_Verbose_Level) + zprobe_zoffset;
|
||||
Z2 = probe_pt(ubl_3_point_2_X, ubl_3_point_2_Y, false /*Stow Flag*/, G29_Verbose_Level) + zprobe_zoffset;
|
||||
Z3 = probe_pt(ubl_3_point_3_X, ubl_3_point_3_Y, true /*Stow Flag*/, G29_Verbose_Level) + zprobe_zoffset;
|
||||
|
||||
// We need to adjust Z1, Z2, Z3 by the Mesh Height at these points. Just because they are non-zero doesn't mean
|
||||
// the Mesh is tilted! (We need to compensate each probe point by what the Mesh says that location's height is)
|
||||
|
||||
Z1 -= blm.get_z_correction(ubl_3_point_1_X, ubl_3_point_1_Y);
|
||||
Z2 -= blm.get_z_correction(ubl_3_point_2_X, ubl_3_point_2_Y);
|
||||
Z3 -= blm.get_z_correction(ubl_3_point_3_X, ubl_3_point_3_Y);
|
||||
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy((X_MAX_POS - (X_MIN_POS)) / 2.0, (Y_MAX_POS - (Y_MIN_POS)) / 2.0);
|
||||
tilt_mesh_based_on_3pts(Z1, Z2, Z3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Much of the 'What?' command can be eliminated. But until we are fully debugged, it is
|
||||
// good to have the extra information. Soon... we prune this to just a few items
|
||||
//
|
||||
if (code_seen('W')) G29_What_Command();
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When we are fully debugged, the EEPROM dump command will get deleted also. But
|
||||
// right now, it is good to have the extra information. Soon... we prune this.
|
||||
//
|
||||
if (code_seen('J')) G29_EEPROM_Dump(); // EEPROM Dump
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When we are fully debugged, this may go away. But there are some valid
|
||||
// use cases for the users. So we can wait and see what to do with it.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('K')) // Kompare Current Mesh Data to Specified Stored Mesh
|
||||
G29_Kompare_Current_Mesh_to_Stored_Mesh();
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Load a Mesh from the EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('L')) { // Load Current Mesh Data
|
||||
Storage_Slot = code_has_value() ? code_value_int() : blm.state.EEPROM_storage_slot;
|
||||
|
||||
k = E2END - sizeof(blm.state);
|
||||
j = (k - Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start) / sizeof(z_values);
|
||||
|
||||
if (Storage_Slot < 0 || Storage_Slot >= j || Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start <= 0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?EEPROM storage not available for use.\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
blm.load_mesh(Storage_Slot);
|
||||
blm.state.EEPROM_storage_slot = Storage_Slot;
|
||||
if (Storage_Slot != blm.state.EEPROM_storage_slot)
|
||||
blm.store_state();
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Done.\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Store a Mesh in the EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('S')) { // Store (or Save) Current Mesh Data
|
||||
Storage_Slot = code_has_value() ? code_value_int() : blm.state.EEPROM_storage_slot;
|
||||
|
||||
if (Storage_Slot == -1) { // Special case, we are going to 'Export' the mesh to the
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("G29 I 999\n"); // host in a form it can be reconstructed on a different machine
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++) {
|
||||
if (!isnan(z_values[i][j])) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("M421 I ", i);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" J ", j);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Z ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(z_values[i][j], 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int k = E2END - sizeof(blm.state),
|
||||
j = (k - Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start) / sizeof(z_values);
|
||||
|
||||
if (Storage_Slot < 0 || Storage_Slot >= j || Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start <= 0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?EEPROM storage not available for use.\n");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPAIR("?Use 0 to ", j - 1);
|
||||
goto LEAVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
blm.store_mesh(Storage_Slot);
|
||||
blm.state.EEPROM_storage_slot = Storage_Slot;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// if (Storage_Slot != blm.state.EEPROM_storage_slot)
|
||||
blm.store_state(); // Always save an updated copy of the UBL State info
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Done.\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('O') || code_seen('M')) {
|
||||
i = code_has_value() ? code_value_int() : 0;
|
||||
blm.display_map(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('Z')) {
|
||||
if (code_has_value()) {
|
||||
blm.state.z_offset = code_value_float(); // do the simple case. Just lock in the specified value
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
save_UBL_active_state_and_disable();
|
||||
//measured_z = probe_pt(X_Pos + X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, Y_Pos+Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, ProbeDeployAndStow, G29_Verbose_Level);
|
||||
|
||||
measured_z = 1.5;
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(measured_z); // Get close to the bed, but leave some space so we don't damage anything
|
||||
// The user is not going to be locking in a new Z-Offset very often so
|
||||
// it won't be that painful to spin the Encoder Wheel for 1.5mm
|
||||
lcd_implementation_clear();
|
||||
lcd_z_offset_edit_setup(measured_z);
|
||||
do {
|
||||
measured_z = lcd_z_offset_edit();
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(measured_z);
|
||||
} while (!G29_lcd_clicked());
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 1; // There is a race condition for the Encoder Wheel getting clicked.
|
||||
// It could get detected in lcd_mesh_edit (actually _lcd_mesh_fine_tune( )
|
||||
// or here. So, until we are done looking for a long Encoder Wheel Press,
|
||||
// we need to take control of the panel
|
||||
millis_t nxt = millis() + 1500UL;
|
||||
lcd_return_to_status();
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) { // debounce and watch for abort
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
if (ELAPSED(millis(), nxt)) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("\nZ-Offset Adjustment Stopped.");
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Z-Offset Stopped", true);
|
||||
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle();
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
goto LEAVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
delay(20); // We don't want any switch noise.
|
||||
|
||||
blm.state.z_offset = measured_z;
|
||||
|
||||
lcd_implementation_clear();
|
||||
restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LEAVE:
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
lcd_setstatus(" ", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Find_Mean_Mesh_Height() {
|
||||
int i, j, n;
|
||||
float sum, sum_of_diff_squared, sigma, difference, mean;
|
||||
|
||||
sum = sum_of_diff_squared = 0.0;
|
||||
n = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++) {
|
||||
if (!isnan(z_values[i][j])) {
|
||||
sum += z_values[i][j];
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
mean = sum / n;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Now do the sumation of the squares of difference from mean
|
||||
//
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++) {
|
||||
if (!isnan(z_values[i][j])) {
|
||||
difference = (z_values[i][j] - mean);
|
||||
sum_of_diff_squared += difference * difference;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("# of samples: ", n);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Mean Mesh Height: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(mean, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
sigma = sqrt( sum_of_diff_squared / (n + 1));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Standard Deviation: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(sigma, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (C_Flag)
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++)
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++)
|
||||
if (!isnan(z_values[i][j]))
|
||||
z_values[i][j] -= mean + Constant;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Shift_Mesh_Height( ) {
|
||||
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++)
|
||||
for (uint8_t j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++)
|
||||
if (!isnan(z_values[i][j]))
|
||||
z_values[i][j] += Constant;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// probe_entire_mesh(X_Pos, Y_Pos) probes all invalidated locations of the mesh that can be reached
|
||||
// by the probe. It attempts to fill in locations closest to the nozzle's start location first.
|
||||
|
||||
void probe_entire_mesh(float X_Pos, float Y_Pos, bool do_UBL_MESH_Map, bool stow_probe) {
|
||||
mesh_index_pair location;
|
||||
float xProbe, yProbe, measured_z;
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel++;
|
||||
save_UBL_active_state_and_disable(); // we don't do bed level correction because we want the raw data when we probe
|
||||
DEPLOY_PROBE();
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (G29_lcd_clicked()) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("\nMesh only partially populated.");
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle();
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
STOW_PROBE();
|
||||
restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type( INVALID, X_Pos, Y_Pos, 1, NULL); // the '1' says we want the location to be relative to the probe
|
||||
if (location.x_index>=0 && location.y_index>=0) {
|
||||
xProbe = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(location.x_index);
|
||||
yProbe = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(location.y_index);
|
||||
if (xProbe < MIN_PROBE_X || xProbe > MAX_PROBE_X || yProbe < MIN_PROBE_Y || yProbe > MAX_PROBE_Y) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Error: Attempt to probe off the bed.");
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
goto LEAVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
measured_z = probe_pt(xProbe, yProbe, stow_probe, G29_Verbose_Level);
|
||||
z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = measured_z + Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (do_UBL_MESH_Map) blm.display_map(1);
|
||||
} while (location.x_index >= 0 && location.y_index >= 0);
|
||||
|
||||
LEAVE:
|
||||
STOW_PROBE();
|
||||
restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
|
||||
X_Pos = constrain( X_Pos-X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS);
|
||||
Y_Pos = constrain( Y_Pos-Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS);
|
||||
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy(X_Pos, Y_Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct vector tilt_mesh_based_on_3pts(float pt1, float pt2, float pt3) {
|
||||
struct vector v1, v2, normal;
|
||||
float c, d, t;
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
v1.dx = (ubl_3_point_1_X - ubl_3_point_2_X);
|
||||
v1.dy = (ubl_3_point_1_Y - ubl_3_point_2_Y);
|
||||
v1.dz = (pt1 - pt2);
|
||||
|
||||
v2.dx = (ubl_3_point_3_X - ubl_3_point_2_X);
|
||||
v2.dy = (ubl_3_point_3_Y - ubl_3_point_2_Y);
|
||||
v2.dz = (pt3 - pt2);
|
||||
|
||||
// do cross product
|
||||
|
||||
normal.dx = v1.dy * v2.dz - v1.dz * v2.dy;
|
||||
normal.dy = v1.dz * v2.dx - v1.dx * v2.dz;
|
||||
normal.dz = v1.dx * v2.dy - v1.dy * v2.dx;
|
||||
|
||||
// printf("[%f,%f,%f] ", normal.dx, normal.dy, normal.dz);
|
||||
|
||||
normal.dx /= normal.dz; // This code does two things. This vector is normal to the tilted plane.
|
||||
normal.dy /= normal.dz; // However, we don't know its direction. We need it to point up. So if
|
||||
normal.dz /= normal.dz; // Z is negative, we need to invert the sign of all components of the vector
|
||||
// We also need Z to be unity because we are going to be treating this triangle
|
||||
// as the sin() and cos() of the bed's tilt
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All of 3 of these points should give us the same d constant
|
||||
//
|
||||
t = normal.dx * ubl_3_point_1_X + normal.dy * ubl_3_point_1_Y;
|
||||
d = t + normal.dz * pt1;
|
||||
c = d - t;
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("d from 1st point: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(d, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" c: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(c, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
t = normal.dx * ubl_3_point_2_X + normal.dy * ubl_3_point_2_Y;
|
||||
d = t + normal.dz * pt2;
|
||||
c = d - t;
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("d from 2nd point: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(d, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" c: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(c, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
t = normal.dx * ubl_3_point_3_X + normal.dy * ubl_3_point_3_Y;
|
||||
d = t + normal.dz * pt3;
|
||||
c = d - t;
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("d from 3rd point: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(d, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" c: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(c, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++) {
|
||||
c = -((normal.dx * (UBL_MESH_MIN_X + i * (MESH_X_DIST)) + normal.dy * (UBL_MESH_MIN_Y + j * (MESH_Y_DIST))) - d);
|
||||
z_values[i][j] += c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float use_encoder_wheel_to_measure_point() {
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel++;
|
||||
while (!G29_lcd_clicked()) { // we need the loop to move the nozzle based on the encoder wheel here!
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
if (G29_encoderDiff != 0) {
|
||||
float new_z;
|
||||
// We define a new variable so we can know ahead of time where we are trying to go.
|
||||
// The reason is we want G29_encoderDiff cleared so an interrupt can update it even before the move
|
||||
// is complete. (So the dial feels responsive to user)
|
||||
new_z = current_position[Z_AXIS] + 0.01 * float(G29_encoderDiff);
|
||||
G29_encoderDiff = 0;
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(new_z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle(); // debounce and wait
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel--;
|
||||
return current_position[Z_AXIS];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float measure_business_card_thickness(float Height_Value) {
|
||||
float Z1, Z2;
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel++;
|
||||
save_UBL_active_state_and_disable(); // we don't do bed level correction because we want the raw data when we probe
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Place Shim Under Nozzle and Perform Measurement.");
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Height_Value);
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy((float(X_MAX_POS) - float(X_MIN_POS)) / 2.0, (float(Y_MAX_POS) - float(Y_MIN_POS)) / 2.0);
|
||||
//, min( planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS])/2.0);
|
||||
|
||||
Z1 = use_encoder_wheel_to_measure_point();
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + SIZE_OF_LITTLE_RAISE);
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Remove Shim and Measure Bed Height.");
|
||||
Z2 = use_encoder_wheel_to_measure_point();
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + SIZE_OF_LITTLE_RAISE);
|
||||
|
||||
if (G29_Verbose_Level > 1) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Business Card is: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(abs(Z1 - Z2), 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("mm thick.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
return abs(Z1 - Z2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void manually_probe_remaining_mesh(float X_Pos, float Y_Pos, float z_clearance, float card_thickness, bool do_UBL_MESH_Map) {
|
||||
mesh_index_pair location;
|
||||
float last_x, last_y, dx, dy,
|
||||
xProbe, yProbe;
|
||||
unsigned long cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel++;
|
||||
last_x = last_y = -9999.99;
|
||||
save_UBL_active_state_and_disable(); // we don't do bed level correction because we want the raw data when we probe
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(z_clearance);
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy(X_Pos, Y_Pos);
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (do_UBL_MESH_Map) blm.display_map(1);
|
||||
|
||||
location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, X_Pos, Y_Pos, 0, NULL); // The '0' says we want to use the nozzle's position
|
||||
// It doesn't matter if the probe can not reach the
|
||||
// NAN location. This is a manual probe.
|
||||
if (location.x_index < 0 && location.y_index < 0) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
xProbe = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(location.x_index);
|
||||
yProbe = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(location.y_index);
|
||||
if (xProbe < (X_MIN_POS) || xProbe > (X_MAX_POS) || yProbe < (Y_MIN_POS) || yProbe > (Y_MAX_POS)) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Error: Attempt to probe off the bed.");
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
goto LEAVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dx = xProbe - last_x;
|
||||
dy = yProbe - last_y;
|
||||
|
||||
if (HYPOT(dx, dy) < BIG_RAISE_NOT_NEEDED)
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + SIZE_OF_LITTLE_RAISE);
|
||||
else
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(z_clearance);
|
||||
|
||||
last_x = xProbe;
|
||||
last_y = yProbe;
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy(xProbe, yProbe);
|
||||
|
||||
while (!G29_lcd_clicked()) { // we need the loop to move the nozzle based on the encoder wheel here!
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
if (G29_encoderDiff) {
|
||||
float new_z;
|
||||
// We define a new variable so we can know ahead of time where we are trying to go.
|
||||
// The reason is we want G29_encoderDiff cleared so an interrupt can update it even before the move
|
||||
// is complete. (So the dial feels responsive to user)
|
||||
new_z = current_position[Z_AXIS] + float(G29_encoderDiff) / 100.0;
|
||||
G29_encoderDiff = 0;
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(new_z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cnt = millis();
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) { // debounce and watch for abort
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
if (millis() - cnt > 1500L) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("\nMesh only partially populated.");
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle();
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = current_position[Z_AXIS] - card_thickness;
|
||||
if (G29_Verbose_Level > 2) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL("Mesh Point Measured at: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index], 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (location.x_index >= 0 && location.y_index >= 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (do_UBL_MESH_Map) blm.display_map(1);
|
||||
|
||||
LEAVE:
|
||||
restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy(X_Pos, Y_Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool G29_Parameter_Parsing() {
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Doing G29 UBL !", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
X_Pos = current_position[X_AXIS];
|
||||
Y_Pos = current_position[Y_AXIS];
|
||||
X_Flag = Y_Flag = Repeat_Flag = UBL_OK;
|
||||
Constant = 0.0;
|
||||
Repetition_Cnt = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((X_Flag = code_seen('X'))) {
|
||||
X_Pos = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (X_Pos < X_MIN_POS || X_Pos > X_MAX_POS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Invalid X location specified.\n");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((Y_Flag = code_seen('Y'))) {
|
||||
Y_Pos = code_value_float();
|
||||
if (Y_Pos < Y_MIN_POS || Y_Pos > Y_MAX_POS) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Invalid Y location specified.\n");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (X_Flag != Y_Flag) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Both X & Y locations must be specified.\n");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
G29_Verbose_Level = 0;
|
||||
if (code_seen('V')) {
|
||||
G29_Verbose_Level = code_value_int();
|
||||
if (G29_Verbose_Level < 0 || G29_Verbose_Level > 4) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Invalid Verbose Level specified. (0-4)\n");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('A')) { // Activate the Unified Bed Leveling System
|
||||
blm.state.active = 1;
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Unified Bed Leveling System activated.\n");
|
||||
blm.store_state();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((C_Flag = code_seen('C')) && code_has_value())
|
||||
Constant = code_value_float();
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('D')) { // Disable the Unified Bed Leveling System
|
||||
blm.state.active = 0;
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Unified Bed Leveling System de-activated.\n");
|
||||
blm.store_state();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (code_seen('F')) {
|
||||
blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height = 10.00;
|
||||
if (code_has_value()) {
|
||||
blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height = code_value_float();
|
||||
blm.state.G29_Fade_Height_Multiplier = 1.0 / blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height<0.0 || blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height>100.0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Bed Level Correction Fade Height Not Plausable.\n");
|
||||
blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height = 10.00;
|
||||
blm.state.G29_Fade_Height_Multiplier = 1.0 / blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height;
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((Repeat_Flag = code_seen('R'))) {
|
||||
Repetition_Cnt = code_has_value() ? code_value_int() : 9999;
|
||||
if (Repetition_Cnt < 1) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Invalid Repetition count.\n");
|
||||
return UBL_ERR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return UBL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function goes away after G29 debug is complete. But for right now, it is a handy
|
||||
* routine to dump binary data structures.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void dump(char *str, float f) {
|
||||
char *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(str);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(f, 8);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(" ");
|
||||
ptr = (char *)&f;
|
||||
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(" ");
|
||||
prt_hex_byte(*ptr++);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(" isnan()=");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(isnan(f));
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(" isinf()=");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(isinf(f));
|
||||
|
||||
constexpr float g = INFINITY;
|
||||
if (f == -g)
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL(" Minus Infinity detected.");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int UBL_state_at_invokation = 0,
|
||||
UBL_state_recursion_chk = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
void save_UBL_active_state_and_disable() {
|
||||
UBL_state_recursion_chk++;
|
||||
if (UBL_state_recursion_chk != 1) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("save_UBL_active_state_and_disabled() called multiple times in a row.");
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("save_UBL_active() error", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
UBL_state_at_invokation = blm.state.active;
|
||||
blm.state.active = 0;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave() {
|
||||
if (--UBL_state_recursion_chk) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave() called too many times.");
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("restore_UBL_active() error", true);
|
||||
lcd_quick_feedback();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
blm.state.active = UBL_state_at_invokation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Much of the 'What?' command can be eliminated. But until we are fully debugged, it is
|
||||
* good to have the extra information. Soon... we prune this to just a few items
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void G29_What_Command() {
|
||||
int k, i;
|
||||
k = E2END - Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start;
|
||||
Statistics_Flag++;
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Version #4: 10/30/2016 branch \n");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Unified Bed Leveling System ");
|
||||
if (blm.state.active)
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Active.");
|
||||
else
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Inactive.");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM(" ------------------------------------- <----<<<"); // These arrows are just to help me
|
||||
|
||||
if (blm.state.EEPROM_storage_slot == 0xFFFF) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("No Mesh Loaded.");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM(" ------------------------------------- <----<<<"); // These arrows are just to help me
|
||||
// find this info buried in the clutter
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Mesh: ");
|
||||
prt_hex_word(blm.state.EEPROM_storage_slot);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" Loaded. ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM(" -------------------------------------------------------- <----<<<"); // These arrows are just to help me
|
||||
// find this info buried in the clutter
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nG29_Correction_Fade_Height : ", blm.state.G29_Correction_Fade_Height );
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" ------------------------------------- <----<<< \n"); // These arrows are just to help me
|
||||
// find this info buried in the clutter
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("z_offset: ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(blm.state.z_offset, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM(" ------------------------------------------------------------ <----<<<");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("X-Axis Mesh Points at: ");
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F( blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(i), 1);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" ");
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Y-Axis Mesh Points at: ");
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F( blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(i), 1);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" ");
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_KILL
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Kill pin on :", KILL_PIN);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" state:", READ(KILL_PIN));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("UBL_state_at_invokation :", UBL_state_at_invokation);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("UBL_state_recursion_chk :", UBL_state_recursion_chk);
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Free EEPROM space starts at: 0x");
|
||||
prt_hex_word(Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("end of EEPROM : ");
|
||||
prt_hex_word(E2END);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPAIR("sizeof(blm) : ", (int)sizeof(blm));
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPAIR("z_value[][] size: ", (int)sizeof(z_values));
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("EEPROM free for UBL: 0x");
|
||||
prt_hex_word(k);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("EEPROM can hold 0x");
|
||||
prt_hex_word(k / sizeof(z_values));
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" meshes. \n");
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("sizeof(stat) :");
|
||||
prt_hex_word(sizeof(blm.state));
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nUBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS ", UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nUBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS ", UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nUBL_MESH_MIN_X ", UBL_MESH_MIN_X);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nUBL_MESH_MIN_Y ", UBL_MESH_MIN_Y);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nUBL_MESH_MAX_X ", UBL_MESH_MAX_X);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nUBL_MESH_MAX_Y ", UBL_MESH_MAX_Y);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\nMESH_X_DIST ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(MESH_X_DIST, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\nMESH_Y_DIST ");
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(MESH_Y_DIST, 6);
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nsizeof(block_t): ", (int)sizeof(block_t));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nsizeof(planner.block_buffer): ", (int)sizeof(planner.block_buffer));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nsizeof(char): ", (int)sizeof(char));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" sizeof(unsigned char): ", (int)sizeof(unsigned char));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nsizeof(int): ", (int)sizeof(int));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" sizeof(unsigned int): ", (int)sizeof(unsigned int));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nsizeof(long): ", (int)sizeof(long));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" sizeof(unsigned long int): ", (int)sizeof(unsigned long int));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nsizeof(float): ", (int)sizeof(float));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" sizeof(double): ", (int)sizeof(double));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nsizeof(void *): ", (int)sizeof(void *));
|
||||
struct pf { void *p_f(); } ptr_func;
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" sizeof(struct pf): ", (int)sizeof(pf));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" sizeof(void *()): ", (int)sizeof(ptr_func));
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!blm.sanity_check())
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Unified Bed Leveling sanity checks passed.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When we are fully debugged, the EEPROM dump command will get deleted also. But
|
||||
* right now, it is good to have the extra information. Soon... we prune this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void G29_EEPROM_Dump() {
|
||||
unsigned char cccc;
|
||||
int i, j, kkkk;
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO_START;
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("EEPROM Dump:\n");
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < E2END + 1; i += 16) {
|
||||
if (i & 0x3 == 0) idle();
|
||||
prt_hex_word(i);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(": ");
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < 16; j++) {
|
||||
kkkk = i + j;
|
||||
eeprom_read_block(&cccc, (void *)kkkk, 1);
|
||||
prt_hex_byte(cccc);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(' ');
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When we are fully debugged, this may go away. But there are some valid
|
||||
* use cases for the users. So we can wait and see what to do with it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void G29_Kompare_Current_Mesh_to_Stored_Mesh() {
|
||||
float tmp_z_values[UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS][UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS];
|
||||
int i, j, k;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!code_has_value()) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Mesh # required.\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Storage_Slot = code_value_int();
|
||||
|
||||
k = E2END - sizeof(blm.state);
|
||||
j = (k - Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start) / sizeof(tmp_z_values);
|
||||
|
||||
if (Storage_Slot < 0 || Storage_Slot > j || Unified_Bed_Leveling_EEPROM_start <= 0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?EEPROM storage not available for use.\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
j = k - (Storage_Slot + 1) * sizeof(tmp_z_values);
|
||||
eeprom_read_block((void *)&tmp_z_values, (void *)j, sizeof(tmp_z_values));
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Subtracting Mesh ", Storage_Slot);
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" loaded from EEPROM address "); // Soon, we can remove the extra clutter of printing
|
||||
prt_hex_word(j); // the address in the EEPROM where the Mesh is stored.
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++)
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++)
|
||||
z_values[i][j] = z_values[i][j] - tmp_z_values[i][j];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mesh_index_pair find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(Mesh_Point_Type type, float X, float Y, bool probe_as_reference, unsigned int bits[16]) {
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
float f, px, py, mx, my, dx, dy, closest = 99999.99;
|
||||
float current_x, current_y, distance;
|
||||
mesh_index_pair return_val;
|
||||
|
||||
return_val.x_index = return_val.y_index = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
current_x = current_position[X_AXIS];
|
||||
current_y = current_position[Y_AXIS];
|
||||
|
||||
px = X; // Get our reference position. Either the nozzle or
|
||||
py = Y; // the probe location.
|
||||
if (probe_as_reference) {
|
||||
px -= X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER;
|
||||
py -= Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS; i++) {
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS; j++) {
|
||||
|
||||
if ( (type == INVALID && isnan(z_values[i][j])) // Check to see if this location holds the right thing
|
||||
|| (type == REAL && !isnan(z_values[i][j]))
|
||||
|| (type == SET_IN_BITMAP && is_bit_set(bits, i, j))
|
||||
) {
|
||||
|
||||
// We only get here if we found a Mesh Point of the specified type
|
||||
|
||||
mx = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(i); // Check if we can probe this mesh location
|
||||
my = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(j);
|
||||
|
||||
// If we are using the probe as the reference
|
||||
// there are some locations we can't get to.
|
||||
// We prune these out of the list and ignore
|
||||
// them until the next Phase where we do the
|
||||
// manual nozzle probing.
|
||||
if (probe_as_reference
|
||||
&& (mx < (MIN_PROBE_X) || mx > (MAX_PROBE_X))
|
||||
&& (my < (MIN_PROBE_Y) || my > (MAX_PROBE_Y))
|
||||
) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
dx = px - mx; // We can get to it. Let's see if it is the
|
||||
dy = py - my; // closest location to the nozzle.
|
||||
distance = HYPOT(dx, dy);
|
||||
|
||||
dx = current_x - mx; // We are going to add in a weighting factor that considers
|
||||
dy = current_y - my; // the current location of the nozzle. If two locations are equal
|
||||
distance += HYPOT(dx, dy) * 0.01; // distance from the measurement location, we are going to give
|
||||
|
||||
if (distance < closest) {
|
||||
closest = distance; // We found a closer location with
|
||||
return_val.x_index = i; // the specified type of mesh value.
|
||||
return_val.y_index = j;
|
||||
return_val.distance = closest;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return return_val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void fine_tune_mesh(float X_Pos, float Y_Pos, float Height_Value, bool do_UBL_MESH_Map) {
|
||||
mesh_index_pair location;
|
||||
float xProbe, yProbe, new_z;
|
||||
uint16_t i, not_done[16];
|
||||
long round_off;
|
||||
|
||||
save_UBL_active_state_and_disable();
|
||||
memset(not_done, 0xFF, sizeof(not_done));
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Fine Tuning Mesh.", true);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy(X_Pos, Y_Pos);
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (do_UBL_MESH_Map) blm.display_map(1);
|
||||
|
||||
location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type( SET_IN_BITMAP, X_Pos, Y_Pos, 0, not_done); // The '0' says we want to use the nozzle's position
|
||||
// It doesn't matter if the probe can not reach this
|
||||
// location. This is a manual edit of the Mesh Point.
|
||||
if (location.x_index < 0 && location.y_index < 0) continue; // abort if we can't find any more points.
|
||||
|
||||
bit_clear(not_done, location.x_index, location.y_index); // Mark this location as 'adjusted' so we will find a
|
||||
// different location the next time through the loop
|
||||
|
||||
xProbe = blm.map_x_index_to_bed_location(location.x_index);
|
||||
yProbe = blm.map_y_index_to_bed_location(location.y_index);
|
||||
if (xProbe < X_MIN_POS || xProbe > X_MAX_POS || yProbe < Y_MIN_POS || yProbe > Y_MAX_POS) { // In theory, we don't need this check.
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("?Error: Attempt to edit off the bed."); // This really can't happen, but for now,
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0; // Let's do the check.
|
||||
goto FINE_TUNE_EXIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE); // Move the nozzle to where we are going to edit
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy(xProbe, yProbe);
|
||||
new_z = z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] + 0.001;
|
||||
|
||||
round_off = (int32_t)(new_z * 1000.0 + 2.5); // we chop off the last digits just to be clean. We are rounding to the
|
||||
round_off -= (round_off % 5L); // closest 0 or 5 at the 3rd decimal place.
|
||||
new_z = ((float)(round_off)) / 1000.0;
|
||||
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Mesh Point Currently At: ");
|
||||
//SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(new_z, 6);
|
||||
//SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
|
||||
lcd_implementation_clear();
|
||||
lcd_mesh_edit_setup(new_z);
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel++;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
new_z = lcd_mesh_edit();
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
} while (!G29_lcd_clicked());
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 1; // There is a race condition for the Encoder Wheel getting clicked.
|
||||
// It could get detected in lcd_mesh_edit (actually _lcd_mesh_fine_tune( )
|
||||
// or here.
|
||||
millis_t nxt = millis() + 1500UL;
|
||||
lcd_return_to_status();
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) { // debounce and watch for abort
|
||||
idle();
|
||||
if (ELAPSED(millis(), nxt)) {
|
||||
lcd_return_to_status();
|
||||
SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("\nFine Tuning of Mesh Stopped.");
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Mesh Editing Stopped", true);
|
||||
|
||||
while (G29_lcd_clicked()) idle();
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
goto FINE_TUNE_EXIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
//UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
delay(20); // We don't want any switch noise.
|
||||
|
||||
z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = new_z;
|
||||
|
||||
lcd_implementation_clear();
|
||||
|
||||
} while (location.x_index >= 0 && location.y_index >= 0 && --Repetition_Cnt);
|
||||
|
||||
FINE_TUNE_EXIT:
|
||||
|
||||
if (do_UBL_MESH_Map) blm.display_map(1);
|
||||
restore_UBL_active_state_and_leave();
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
|
||||
|
||||
do_blocking_move_to_xy(X_Pos, Y_Pos);
|
||||
|
||||
UBL_has_control_of_LCD_Panel = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
lcd_setstatus("Done Editing Mesh", true);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Done Editing Mesh.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include "Marlin.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UBL.h"
|
||||
#include "planner.h"
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
extern void set_current_to_destination();
|
||||
extern bool G26_Debug_flag;
|
||||
void debug_current_and_destination(char *title);
|
||||
|
||||
void wait_for_button_press();
|
||||
|
||||
void UBL_line_to_destination(const float &x_end, const float &y_end, const float &z_end, const float &e_end, const float &feed_rate, uint8_t extruder) {
|
||||
|
||||
int cell_start_xi, cell_start_yi, cell_dest_xi, cell_dest_yi;
|
||||
int left_flag, down_flag;
|
||||
int current_xi, current_yi;
|
||||
int dxi, dyi, xi_cnt, yi_cnt;
|
||||
bool use_X_dist, inf_normalized_flag, inf_m_flag;
|
||||
float x_start, y_start;
|
||||
float x, y, z1, z2, z0 /*, z_optimized */;
|
||||
float next_mesh_line_x, next_mesh_line_y, a0ma1diva2ma1;
|
||||
float on_axis_distance, e_normalized_dist, e_position, e_start, z_normalized_dist, z_position, z_start;
|
||||
float dx, dy, adx, ady, m, c;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Much of the nozzle movement will be within the same cell. So we will do as little computation
|
||||
// as possible to determine if this is the case. If this move is within the same cell, we will
|
||||
// just do the required Z-Height correction, call the Planner's buffer_line() routine, and leave
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
x_start = current_position[X_AXIS];
|
||||
y_start = current_position[Y_AXIS];
|
||||
z_start = current_position[Z_AXIS];
|
||||
e_start = current_position[E_AXIS];
|
||||
|
||||
cell_start_xi = blm.get_cell_index_x(x_start);
|
||||
cell_start_yi = blm.get_cell_index_y(y_start);
|
||||
cell_dest_xi = blm.get_cell_index_x(x_end);
|
||||
cell_dest_yi = blm.get_cell_index_y(y_end);
|
||||
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag!=0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" UBL_line_to_destination(xe=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(x_end);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(",ye=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(y_end);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(",ze=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(z_end);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(",ee=");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(e_end);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(")\n");
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "Start of UBL_line_to_destination()");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((cell_start_xi == cell_dest_xi) && (cell_start_yi == cell_dest_yi)) { // if the whole move is within the same cell,
|
||||
// we don't need to break up the move
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If we are moving off the print bed, we are going to allow the move at this level.
|
||||
// But we detect it and isolate it. For now, we just pass along the request.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
if (cell_dest_xi<0 || cell_dest_yi<0 || cell_dest_xi >= UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS || cell_dest_yi >= UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Note: There is no Z Correction in this case. We are off the grid and don't know what
|
||||
// a reasonable correction would be.
|
||||
|
||||
planner.buffer_line(x_end, y_end, z_end + blm.state.z_offset, e_end, feed_rate, extruder);
|
||||
set_current_to_destination();
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag!=0) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "out of bounds in UBL_line_to_destination()");
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// we can optimize some floating point operations here. We could call float get_z_correction(float x0, float y0) to
|
||||
// generate the correction for us. But we can lighten the load on the CPU by doing a modified version of the function.
|
||||
// We are going to only calculate the amount we are from the first mesh line towards the second mesh line once.
|
||||
// We will use this fraction in both of the original two Z Height calculations for the bi-linear interpolation. And,
|
||||
// instead of doing a generic divide of the distance, we know the distance is MESH_X_DIST so we can use the preprocessor
|
||||
// to create a 1-over number for us. That will allow us to do a floating point multiply instead of a floating point divide.
|
||||
|
||||
FINAL_MOVE:
|
||||
a0ma1diva2ma1 = (x_end - mesh_index_to_X_location[cell_dest_xi]) * (float) (1.0 / MESH_X_DIST);
|
||||
|
||||
z1 = z_values[cell_dest_xi][cell_dest_yi] +
|
||||
(z_values[cell_dest_xi + 1][cell_dest_yi] - z_values[cell_dest_xi][cell_dest_yi]) * a0ma1diva2ma1;
|
||||
|
||||
z2 = z_values[cell_dest_xi][cell_dest_yi+1] +
|
||||
(z_values[cell_dest_xi+1][cell_dest_yi+1] - z_values[cell_dest_xi][cell_dest_yi+1]) * a0ma1diva2ma1;
|
||||
|
||||
// we are done with the fractional X distance into the cell. Now with the two Z-Heights we have calculated, we
|
||||
// are going to apply the Y-Distance into the cell to interpolate the final Z correction.
|
||||
|
||||
a0ma1diva2ma1 = (y_end - mesh_index_to_Y_location[cell_dest_yi]) * (float) (1.0 / MESH_Y_DIST);
|
||||
|
||||
z0 = z1 + (z2 - z1) * a0ma1diva2ma1;
|
||||
|
||||
// debug code to use non-optimized get_z_correction() and to do a sanity check
|
||||
// that the correct value is being passed to planner.buffer_line()
|
||||
//
|
||||
/*
|
||||
z_optimized = z0;
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction( x_end, y_end);
|
||||
if ( fabs(z_optimized - z0) > .01 || isnan(z0) || isnan(z_optimized) ) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "FINAL_MOVE: z_correction()");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z0) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z0==NAN ");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z_optimized) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z_optimized==NAN ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" x_end=", x_end);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" y_end=", y_end);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z0=", z0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z_optimized=", z_optimized);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" err=",fabs(z_optimized - z0));
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
z0 = z0 * blm.fade_scaling_factor_for_Z( z_end );
|
||||
|
||||
if (isnan(z0)) { // if part of the Mesh is undefined, it will show up as NAN
|
||||
z0 = 0.0; // in z_values[][] and propagate through the
|
||||
// calculations. If our correction is NAN, we throw it out
|
||||
// because part of the Mesh is undefined and we don't have the
|
||||
// information we need to complete the height correction.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
planner.buffer_line(x_end, y_end, z_end + z0 + blm.state.z_offset, e_end, feed_rate, extruder);
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag!=0) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "FINAL_MOVE in UBL_line_to_destination()");
|
||||
}
|
||||
set_current_to_destination();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If we get here, we are processing a move that crosses at least one Mesh Line. We will check
|
||||
// for the simple case of just crossing X or just crossing Y Mesh Lines after we get all the details
|
||||
// of the move figured out. We can process the easy case of just crossing an X or Y Mesh Line with less
|
||||
// computation and in fact most lines are of this nature. We will check for that in the following
|
||||
// blocks of code:
|
||||
|
||||
left_flag = 0;
|
||||
down_flag = 0;
|
||||
inf_m_flag = false;
|
||||
inf_normalized_flag = false;
|
||||
|
||||
dx = x_end - x_start;
|
||||
dy = y_end - y_start;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dx<0.0) { // figure out which way we need to move to get to the next cell
|
||||
dxi = -1;
|
||||
adx = -dx; // absolute value of dx. We already need to check if dx and dy are negative.
|
||||
}
|
||||
else { // We may as well generate the appropriate values for adx and ady right now
|
||||
dxi = 1; // to save setting up the abs() function call and actually doing the call.
|
||||
adx = dx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dy<0.0) {
|
||||
dyi = -1;
|
||||
ady = -dy; // absolute value of dy
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
dyi = 1;
|
||||
ady = dy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (dx<0.0) left_flag = 1;
|
||||
if (dy<0.0) down_flag = 1;
|
||||
if (cell_start_xi == cell_dest_xi) dxi = 0;
|
||||
if (cell_start_yi == cell_dest_yi) dyi = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Compute the scaling factor for the extruder for each partial move.
|
||||
// We need to watch out for zero length moves because it will cause us to
|
||||
// have an infinate scaling factor. We are stuck doing a floating point
|
||||
// divide to get our scaling factor, but after that, we just multiply by this
|
||||
// number. We also pick our scaling factor based on whether the X or Y
|
||||
// component is larger. We use the biggest of the two to preserve precision.
|
||||
//
|
||||
if ( adx > ady ) {
|
||||
use_X_dist = true;
|
||||
on_axis_distance = x_end-x_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
use_X_dist = false;
|
||||
on_axis_distance = y_end-y_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
e_position = e_end - e_start;
|
||||
e_normalized_dist = e_position / on_axis_distance;
|
||||
|
||||
z_position = z_end - z_start;
|
||||
z_normalized_dist = z_position / on_axis_distance;
|
||||
|
||||
if (e_normalized_dist==INFINITY || e_normalized_dist==-INFINITY) {
|
||||
inf_normalized_flag = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
current_xi = cell_start_xi;
|
||||
current_yi = cell_start_yi;
|
||||
|
||||
m = dy / dx;
|
||||
c = y_start - m*x_start;
|
||||
if (m == INFINITY || m == -INFINITY) {
|
||||
inf_m_flag = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This block handles vertical lines. These are lines that stay within the same
|
||||
// X Cell column. They do not need to be perfectly vertical. They just can
|
||||
// not cross into another X Cell column.
|
||||
//
|
||||
if (dxi == 0) { // Check for a vertical line
|
||||
current_yi += down_flag; // Line is heading down, we just want to go to the bottom
|
||||
while (current_yi != cell_dest_yi + down_flag) {
|
||||
current_yi += dyi;
|
||||
next_mesh_line_y = mesh_index_to_Y_location[current_yi];
|
||||
if (inf_m_flag) {
|
||||
x = x_start; // if the slope of the line is infinite, we won't do the calculations
|
||||
}
|
||||
// we know the next X is the same so we can recover and continue!
|
||||
else {
|
||||
x = (next_mesh_line_y - c) / m; // Calculate X at the next Y mesh line
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction_along_horizontal_mesh_line_at_specific_X(x, current_xi, current_yi);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// debug code to use non-optimized get_z_correction() and to do a sanity check
|
||||
// that the correct value is being passed to planner.buffer_line()
|
||||
//
|
||||
/*
|
||||
z_optimized = z0;
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction( x, next_mesh_line_y);
|
||||
if ( fabs(z_optimized - z0) > .01 || isnan(z0) || isnan(z_optimized) ) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "VERTICAL z_correction()");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z0) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z0==NAN ");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z_optimized) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z_optimized==NAN ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" x=", x);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" next_mesh_line_y=", next_mesh_line_y);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z0=", z0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z_optimized=", z_optimized);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" err=",fabs(z_optimized-z0));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
z0 = z0 * blm.fade_scaling_factor_for_Z( z_end );
|
||||
|
||||
if (isnan(z0)) { // if part of the Mesh is undefined, it will show up as NAN
|
||||
z0 = 0.0; // in z_values[][] and propagate through the
|
||||
// calculations. If our correction is NAN, we throw it out
|
||||
// because part of the Mesh is undefined and we don't have the
|
||||
// information we need to complete the height correction.
|
||||
}
|
||||
y = mesh_index_to_Y_location[current_yi];
|
||||
|
||||
// Without this check, it is possible for the algorythm to generate a zero length move in the case
|
||||
// where the line is heading down and it is starting right on a Mesh Line boundary. For how often that
|
||||
// happens, it might be best to remove the check and always 'schedule' the move because
|
||||
// the planner.buffer_line() routine will filter it if that happens.
|
||||
if ( y!=y_start) {
|
||||
if ( inf_normalized_flag == false ) {
|
||||
on_axis_distance = y - y_start; // we don't need to check if the extruder position
|
||||
e_position = e_start + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; // is based on X or Y because this is a vertical move
|
||||
z_position = z_start + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
e_position = e_start;
|
||||
z_position = z_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
planner.buffer_line(x, y, z_position + z0 + blm.state.z_offset, e_position, feed_rate, extruder);
|
||||
} //else printf("FIRST MOVE PRUNED ");
|
||||
}
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Check if we are at the final destination. Usually, we won't be, but if it is on a Y Mesh Line, we are done.
|
||||
//
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag!=0) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "vertical move done in UBL_line_to_destination()");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (current_position[X_AXIS] != x_end || current_position[Y_AXIS] != y_end) {
|
||||
goto FINAL_MOVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
set_current_to_destination();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This block handles horizontal lines. These are lines that stay within the same
|
||||
// Y Cell row. They do not need to be perfectly horizontal. They just can
|
||||
// not cross into another Y Cell row.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
if (dyi == 0) { // Check for a horiziontal line
|
||||
current_xi += left_flag; // Line is heading left, we just want to go to the left
|
||||
// edge of this cell for the first move.
|
||||
while (current_xi != cell_dest_xi + left_flag) {
|
||||
current_xi += dxi;
|
||||
next_mesh_line_x = mesh_index_to_X_location[current_xi];
|
||||
y = m * next_mesh_line_x + c; // Calculate X at the next Y mesh line
|
||||
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction_along_vertical_mesh_line_at_specific_Y(y, current_xi, current_yi);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// debug code to use non-optimized get_z_correction() and to do a sanity check
|
||||
// that the correct value is being passed to planner.buffer_line()
|
||||
//
|
||||
/*
|
||||
z_optimized = z0;
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction( next_mesh_line_x, y);
|
||||
if ( fabs(z_optimized - z0) > .01 || isnan(z0) || isnan(z_optimized) ) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "HORIZONTAL z_correction()");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z0) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z0==NAN ");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z_optimized) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z_optimized==NAN ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" next_mesh_line_x=", next_mesh_line_x);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" y=", y);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z0=", z0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z_optimized=", z_optimized);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" err=",fabs(z_optimized-z0));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
z0 = z0 * blm.fade_scaling_factor_for_Z( z_end );
|
||||
|
||||
if (isnan(z0)) { // if part of the Mesh is undefined, it will show up as NAN
|
||||
z0 = 0.0; // in z_values[][] and propagate through the
|
||||
// calculations. If our correction is NAN, we throw it out
|
||||
// because part of the Mesh is undefined and we don't have the
|
||||
// information we need to complete the height correction.
|
||||
}
|
||||
x = mesh_index_to_X_location[current_xi];
|
||||
|
||||
// Without this check, it is possible for the algorythm to generate a zero length move in the case
|
||||
// where the line is heading left and it is starting right on a Mesh Line boundary. For how often
|
||||
// that happens, it might be best to remove the check and always 'schedule' the move because
|
||||
// the planner.buffer_line() routine will filter it if that happens.
|
||||
if ( x!=x_start) {
|
||||
if ( inf_normalized_flag == false ) {
|
||||
on_axis_distance = x - x_start; // we don't need to check if the extruder position
|
||||
e_position = e_start + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; // is based on X or Y because this is a horizontal move
|
||||
z_position = z_start + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
e_position = e_start;
|
||||
z_position = z_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
planner.buffer_line(x, y, z_position + z0 + blm.state.z_offset, e_position, feed_rate, extruder);
|
||||
} //else printf("FIRST MOVE PRUNED ");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag!=0) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "horizontal move done in UBL_line_to_destination()");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (current_position[X_AXIS] != x_end || current_position[Y_AXIS] != y_end) {
|
||||
goto FINAL_MOVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
set_current_to_destination();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This block handles the generic case of a line crossing both X and Y
|
||||
// Mesh lines.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
xi_cnt = cell_start_xi - cell_dest_xi;
|
||||
if ( xi_cnt < 0 ) {
|
||||
xi_cnt = -xi_cnt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
yi_cnt = cell_start_yi - cell_dest_yi;
|
||||
if ( yi_cnt < 0 ) {
|
||||
yi_cnt = -yi_cnt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
current_xi += left_flag;
|
||||
current_yi += down_flag;
|
||||
|
||||
while ( xi_cnt>0 || yi_cnt>0 ) {
|
||||
|
||||
next_mesh_line_x = mesh_index_to_X_location[current_xi + dxi];
|
||||
next_mesh_line_y = mesh_index_to_Y_location[current_yi + dyi];
|
||||
|
||||
y = m * next_mesh_line_x + c; // Calculate Y at the next X mesh line
|
||||
x = (next_mesh_line_y-c) / m; // Calculate X at the next Y mesh line (we don't have to worry
|
||||
// about m being equal to 0.0 If this was the case, we would have
|
||||
// detected this as a vertical line move up above and we wouldn't
|
||||
// be down here doing a generic type of move.
|
||||
|
||||
if ((left_flag && (x>next_mesh_line_x)) || (!left_flag && (x<next_mesh_line_x))) { // Check if we hit the Y line first
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Yes! Crossing a Y Mesh Line next
|
||||
//
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction_along_horizontal_mesh_line_at_specific_X(x, current_xi-left_flag, current_yi+dyi);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// debug code to use non-optimized get_z_correction() and to do a sanity check
|
||||
// that the correct value is being passed to planner.buffer_line()
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
z_optimized = z0;
|
||||
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction( x, next_mesh_line_y);
|
||||
if ( fabs(z_optimized - z0) > .01 || isnan(z0) || isnan(z_optimized) ) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "General_1: z_correction()");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z0) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z0==NAN ");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z_optimized) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z_optimized==NAN "); {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" x=", x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" next_mesh_line_y=", next_mesh_line_y);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z0=", z0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z_optimized=", z_optimized);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" err=",fabs(z_optimized-z0));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
z0 = z0 * blm.fade_scaling_factor_for_Z( z_end );
|
||||
if (isnan(z0)) { // if part of the Mesh is undefined, it will show up as NAN
|
||||
z0 = 0.0; // in z_values[][] and propagate through the
|
||||
// calculations. If our correction is NAN, we throw it out
|
||||
// because part of the Mesh is undefined and we don't have the
|
||||
// information we need to complete the height correction.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( inf_normalized_flag == false ) {
|
||||
if ( use_X_dist ) {
|
||||
on_axis_distance = x - x_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
on_axis_distance = next_mesh_line_y - y_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
e_position = e_start + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist;
|
||||
z_position = z_start + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
e_position = e_start;
|
||||
z_position = z_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
planner.buffer_line(x, next_mesh_line_y, z_position + z0 + blm.state.z_offset, e_position, feed_rate, extruder);
|
||||
current_yi += dyi;
|
||||
yi_cnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Yes! Crossing a X Mesh Line next
|
||||
//
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction_along_vertical_mesh_line_at_specific_Y(y, current_xi+dxi, current_yi-down_flag);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// debug code to use non-optimized get_z_correction() and to do a sanity check
|
||||
// that the correct value is being passed to planner.buffer_line()
|
||||
//
|
||||
/*
|
||||
z_optimized = z0;
|
||||
z0 = blm.get_z_correction( next_mesh_line_x, y);
|
||||
if ( fabs(z_optimized - z0) > .01 || isnan(z0) || isnan(z_optimized) ) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "General_2: z_correction()");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z0) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z0==NAN ");
|
||||
if ( isnan(z_optimized) ) SERIAL_ECHO(" z_optimized==NAN ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" next_mesh_line_x=", next_mesh_line_x);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" y=", y);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z0=", z0);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" z_optimized=", z_optimized);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" err=",fabs(z_optimized-z0));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
z0 = z0 * blm.fade_scaling_factor_for_Z( z_end );
|
||||
|
||||
if (isnan(z0)) { // if part of the Mesh is undefined, it will show up as NAN
|
||||
z0 = 0.0; // in z_values[][] and propagate through the
|
||||
// calculations. If our correction is NAN, we throw it out
|
||||
// because part of the Mesh is undefined and we don't have the
|
||||
// information we need to complete the height correction.
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( inf_normalized_flag == false ) {
|
||||
if ( use_X_dist ) {
|
||||
on_axis_distance = next_mesh_line_x - x_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
on_axis_distance = y - y_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
e_position = e_start + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist;
|
||||
z_position = z_start + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
e_position = e_start;
|
||||
z_position = z_start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
planner.buffer_line(next_mesh_line_x, y, z_position + z0 + blm.state.z_offset, e_position, feed_rate, extruder);
|
||||
current_xi += dxi;
|
||||
xi_cnt--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (G26_Debug_flag) {
|
||||
debug_current_and_destination( (char *) "generic move done in UBL_line_to_destination()");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (current_position[0] != x_end || current_position[1] != y_end) {
|
||||
goto FINAL_MOVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
set_current_to_destination();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wait_for_button_press() {
|
||||
// if ( !been_to_2_6 )
|
||||
//return; // bob - I think this should be commented out
|
||||
|
||||
SET_INPUT_PULLUP(66); // Roxy's Left Switch is on pin 66. Right Switch is on pin 65
|
||||
SET_OUTPUT(64);
|
||||
while (READ(66) & 0x01) idle();
|
||||
|
||||
delay(50);
|
||||
while (!(READ(66) & 0x01)) idle();
|
||||
delay(50);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1503 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "UBL5.0 FT2020"
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 115
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 11.50
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.50
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 60.00
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 250.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 18.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 950.0
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
|
||||
* If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 52.2 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 2, 17 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 4, 750 }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 17.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 17.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Probe Type
|
||||
// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
|
||||
// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
|
||||
// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
|
||||
// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {40,85} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
// X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
//
|
||||
// +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
// E | | I
|
||||
// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
// T | | H
|
||||
// | (-) | T
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
// (0,0)
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 38 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -7 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -9.65 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
|
||||
// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
|
||||
// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
|
||||
// - Otherwise connect:
|
||||
// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
|
||||
// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
|
||||
// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
|
||||
// To use a different pin you can override it here.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WARNING:
|
||||
// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
|
||||
// Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
|
||||
// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 3 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 2 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS 203
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS 180
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 175
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
|
||||
* highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - 3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
|
||||
* bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
|
||||
* Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
|
||||
* - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
|
||||
* that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
|
||||
* adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
|
||||
* Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
|
||||
* test on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 39
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 10
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 10
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 10
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z after Home, bed somewhere below but above 0.0.
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest at origin [0,0,0]
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#endif // MANUAL_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 100
|
||||
#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 100
|
||||
#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (55)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//define this to enable EEPROM support
|
||||
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
|
||||
// To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
|
||||
// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
|
||||
// command.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
|
||||
// be raised to reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
|
||||
// reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
|
||||
// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
|
||||
// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
|
||||
// "P" for pattern selection
|
||||
// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Available list of patterns:
|
||||
// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
|
||||
// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
|
||||
// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
|
||||
// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
|
||||
// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
|
||||
// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
|
||||
// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// --
|
||||
// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
// -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
// |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
// T1 T2 T3
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
|
||||
// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
|
||||
// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
|
||||
// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print job timer
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
|
||||
// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
|
||||
// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
|
||||
// the following commands:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print Counter
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
|
||||
// - Total print jobs
|
||||
// - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
// - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
// - Total time printing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
|
||||
// list of languages are available:
|
||||
// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD Character Set
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
// language extensions:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD TYPE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
|
||||
// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
|
||||
// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
|
||||
// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
|
||||
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY 500
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************\
|
||||
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
|
||||
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
|
||||
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motherboards
|
||||
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
|
||||
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
// Uncomment below to enable
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1091 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
|
||||
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
|
||||
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
|
||||
|
||||
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
|
||||
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
|
||||
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
|
||||
// does not respect endstops!
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Roxy_work)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
|
||||
//not implemented for deltabots!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 2 //faster movements
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Arc interpretation settings:
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section fwretract
|
||||
|
||||
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
|
||||
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
|
||||
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
|
||||
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
|
||||
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Change
|
||||
* Experimental filament change support.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Roxy_work)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
|
||||
#define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section l6470
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1500 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
|
||||
* If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Probe Type
|
||||
// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
|
||||
// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
|
||||
// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
|
||||
// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
// X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
//
|
||||
// +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
// E | | I
|
||||
// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
// T | | H
|
||||
// | (-) | T
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
// (0,0)
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
|
||||
// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
|
||||
// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
|
||||
// - Otherwise connect:
|
||||
// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
|
||||
// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
|
||||
// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
|
||||
// To use a different pin you can override it here.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WARNING:
|
||||
// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
|
||||
// Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
|
||||
// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
|
||||
* highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - 3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
|
||||
* bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
|
||||
* Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
|
||||
* - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
|
||||
* that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
|
||||
* adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
|
||||
* Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
|
||||
* test on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z after Home, bed somewhere below but above 0.0.
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest at origin [0,0,0]
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#endif // MANUAL_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//define this to enable EEPROM support
|
||||
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
|
||||
// To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
|
||||
// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
|
||||
// command.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
|
||||
// be raised to reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
|
||||
// reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
|
||||
// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
|
||||
// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
|
||||
// "P" for pattern selection
|
||||
// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Available list of patterns:
|
||||
// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
|
||||
// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
|
||||
// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
|
||||
// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
|
||||
// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
|
||||
// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
|
||||
// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// --
|
||||
// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
// -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
// |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
// T1 T2 T3
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
|
||||
// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
|
||||
// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
|
||||
// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print job timer
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
|
||||
// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
|
||||
// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
|
||||
// the following commands:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print Counter
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
|
||||
// - Total print jobs
|
||||
// - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
// - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
// - Total time printing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
|
||||
// list of languages are available:
|
||||
// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD Character Set
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
// language extensions:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD TYPE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
|
||||
// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
|
||||
// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
|
||||
// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
|
||||
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY 300
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************\
|
||||
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
|
||||
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
|
||||
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motherboards
|
||||
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
|
||||
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
// Uncomment below to enable
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.00 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1085 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
|
||||
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
|
||||
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
|
||||
|
||||
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
|
||||
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
|
||||
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
|
||||
// does not respect endstops!
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
|
||||
//not implemented for deltabots!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 //faster movements
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Arc interpretation settings:
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section fwretract
|
||||
|
||||
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
|
||||
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
|
||||
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
|
||||
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
|
||||
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Change
|
||||
* Experimental filament change support.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
|
||||
#define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section l6470
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1505 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
|
||||
* If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Probe Type
|
||||
// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
|
||||
// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
|
||||
// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
|
||||
// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
// X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
//
|
||||
// +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
// E | | I
|
||||
// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
// T | | H
|
||||
// | (-) | T
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
// (0,0)
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
|
||||
// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
|
||||
// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
|
||||
// - Otherwise connect:
|
||||
// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
|
||||
// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
|
||||
// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
|
||||
// To use a different pin you can override it here.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WARNING:
|
||||
// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
|
||||
// Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
|
||||
// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//==========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
|
||||
* highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - 3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
|
||||
* bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
|
||||
* Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
|
||||
* - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
|
||||
* that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
|
||||
* adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
|
||||
* Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
|
||||
* test on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z after Home, bed somewhere below but above 0.0.
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest at origin [0,0,0]
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#endif // MANUAL_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//define this to enable EEPROM support
|
||||
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
|
||||
// To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
|
||||
// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
|
||||
// command.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
|
||||
// be raised to reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
|
||||
// reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
|
||||
// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
|
||||
// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
|
||||
// "P" for pattern selection
|
||||
// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Available list of patterns:
|
||||
// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
|
||||
// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
|
||||
// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
|
||||
// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
|
||||
// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
|
||||
// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
|
||||
// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// --
|
||||
// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
// -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
// |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
// T1 T2 T3
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
|
||||
// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
|
||||
// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
|
||||
// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print job timer
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
|
||||
// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
|
||||
// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
|
||||
// the following commands:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print Counter
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
|
||||
// - Total print jobs
|
||||
// - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
// - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
// - Total time printing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
|
||||
// list of languages are available:
|
||||
// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD Character Set
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
// language extensions:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD TYPE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
|
||||
// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
|
||||
// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
|
||||
// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
|
||||
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY 300
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************\
|
||||
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
|
||||
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
|
||||
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motherboards
|
||||
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
|
||||
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
// Uncomment below to enable
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.00 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1085 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
|
||||
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
|
||||
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
|
||||
|
||||
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
|
||||
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
|
||||
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
|
||||
// does not respect endstops!
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
|
||||
//not implemented for deltabots!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 //faster movements
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Arc interpretation settings:
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section fwretract
|
||||
|
||||
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
|
||||
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
|
||||
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
|
||||
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
|
||||
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Change
|
||||
* Experimental filament change support.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
|
||||
#define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section l6470
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Marlin.h"
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) || ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "hex_print_routines.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void prt_hex_nibble(uint8_t n) {
|
||||
if (n <= 9)
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO(n);
|
||||
else
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO((char)('A' + n - 10));
|
||||
delay(3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void prt_hex_byte(uint8_t b) {
|
||||
prt_hex_nibble((b & 0xF0) >> 4);
|
||||
prt_hex_nibble(b & 0x0F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void prt_hex_word(uint16_t w) {
|
||||
prt_hex_byte((w & 0xFF00) >> 8);
|
||||
prt_hex_byte(w & 0x0FF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL || M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef HEX_PRINT_ROUTINES_H
|
||||
#define HEX_PRINT_ROUTINES_H
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 3 support routines to print hex numbers. We can print a nibble, byte and word
|
||||
//
|
||||
void prt_hex_nibble(uint8_t n);
|
||||
void prt_hex_byte(uint8_t b);
|
||||
void prt_hex_word(uint16_t w);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HEX_PRINT_ROUTINES_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K thermistor ( Beta 25/50 3950K)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Many of the generic silicon heat pads use the MGB18-104F39050L32 Thermistor It is used for various
|
||||
// wattage and voltage heat pads. This table is correct if this part is used. It has been
|
||||
// optimized to provide good granularity around the 60 C. and 110 C. which corrisponds to bed temperatures
|
||||
// for PLA and ABS. If you are printing higher temperature filament such as nylon you can uncomment
|
||||
// the higher earlier entries in the table to give better accuracy. But for speed reasons, if these
|
||||
// temperatures are not going to be used, it is better to leave them commented out.
|
||||
|
||||
const short temptable_75[][2] PROGMEM = { // Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
{ (short) ( 111.06 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 200 }, // v=0.542 r=571.747 res=0.501 degC/count
|
||||
// { (short) ( 174.87 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 175 }, // v=0.854 r=967.950 res=0.311 degC/count These values are valid. But they serve no
|
||||
// { (short) ( 191.64 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 170 }, // v=0.936 r=1082.139 res=0.284 degC/count purpose. It is better to delete them so
|
||||
// { (short) ( 209.99 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 165 }, // v=1.025 r=1212.472 res=0.260 degC/count the search is quicker and get to the meaningful
|
||||
// { (short) ( 230.02 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 160 }, // v=1.123 r=1361.590 res=0.239 degC/count part of the table sooner.
|
||||
// { (short) ( 251.80 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 155 }, // v=1.230 r=1532.621 res=0.220 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 275.43 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 150 }, // v=1.345 r=1729.283 res=0.203 degC/count
|
||||
// { (short) ( 300.92 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 145 }, // v=1.469 r=1956.004 res=0.189 degC/coun
|
||||
{ (short) ( 328.32 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 140 }, // v=1.603 r=2218.081 res=0.176 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 388.65 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 130 }, // v=1.898 r=2874.980 res=0.156 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 421.39 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 125 }, // v=2.058 r=3286.644 res=0.149 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 455.65 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 120 }, // v=2.225 r=3768.002 res=0.143 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 491.17 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 115 }, // v=2.398 r=4332.590 res=0.139 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 527.68 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 110 }, // v=2.577 r=4996.905 res=0.136 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 564.81 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 105 }, // v=2.758 r=5781.120 res=0.134 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 602.19 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 100 }, // v=2.940 r=6710.000 res=0.134 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 676.03 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 90 }, // v=3.301 r=9131.018 res=0.138 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 745.85 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 80 }, // v=3.642 r=12602.693 res=0.150 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 778.31 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 75 }, // v=3.800 r=14889.001 res=0.159 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 808.75 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 70 }, // v=3.949 r=17658.700 res=0.171 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 836.94 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 65 }, // v=4.087 r=21028.040 res=0.185 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 862.74 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 60 }, // v=4.213 r=25144.568 res=0.204 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 886.08 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 55 }, // v=4.327 r=30196.449 res=0.227 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 906.97 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 50 }, // v=4.429 r=36424.838 res=0.255 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 941.65 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 40 }, // v=4.598 r=53745.337 res=0.333 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 967.76 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 30 }, // v=4.725 r=80880.630 res=0.452 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 978.03 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 25 }, // v=4.776 r=100000.000 res=0.535 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 981.68 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 23 }, // v=4.793 r=109024.395 res=0.573 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 983.41 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 22 }, // v=4.802 r=113875.430 res=0.594 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 985.08 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 21 }, // v=4.810 r=118968.955 res=0.616 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 986.70 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 20 }, // v=4.818 r=124318.354 res=0.638 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 993.94 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 15 }, // v=4.853 r=155431.302 res=0.768 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) ( 999.96 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 10 }, // v=4.883 r=195480.023 res=0.934 degC/count
|
||||
{ (short) (1008.95 * OVERSAMPLENR ), 0 } // v=4.926 r=314997.575 res=1.418 degC/count
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Loading…
Reference in new issue